1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GNU CC.
10 GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
15 GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
16 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
18 GNU General Public License for more details.
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
22 the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
23 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
25 /* TODO: Implement .debug_str handling, and share entries somehow.
26 Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
27 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
28 out locations for types and decls.
29 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
30 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
32 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
33 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
34 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
35 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
43 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
45 #include "insn-config.h"
52 #include "dwarf2out.h"
53 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
60 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
61 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
62 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
63 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
64 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
65 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
66 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
67 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
68 CIE = Common Information Entry
69 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
70 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
71 FDE = Frame Description Entry
72 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
73 how to restore registers
75 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
76 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
78 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
84 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
85 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
88 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
90 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
95 /* The number of the current function definition for which debugging
96 information is being generated. These numbers range from 1 up to the
97 maximum number of function definitions contained within the current
98 compilation unit. These numbers are used to create unique label id's
99 unique to each function definition. */
100 unsigned current_funcdef_number = 0;
102 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
104 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
105 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
106 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
109 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
110 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
111 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
113 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
114 Information instructions. The register number, offset
115 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
116 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
118 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
120 unsigned long dw_cfi_reg_num;
121 long int dw_cfi_offset;
122 const char *dw_cfi_addr;
123 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_cfi_loc;
127 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
129 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
130 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
131 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd1;
132 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd2;
136 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
137 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
138 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
139 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
140 of this structure. */
141 typedef struct cfa_loc
146 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
149 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
150 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
151 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This used of a single
152 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
153 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
155 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
157 const char *dw_fde_begin;
158 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
159 const char *dw_fde_end;
160 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
161 unsigned funcdef_number;
162 unsigned nothrow : 1;
163 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
167 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
168 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
170 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
172 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
175 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
176 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
177 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
178 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
180 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
181 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
184 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
185 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
186 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
189 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
190 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
193 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
195 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
196 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
197 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
199 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
200 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
201 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
202 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
204 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
206 #endif /* not DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT */
208 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
209 information for each routine. */
210 static dw_fde_ref fde_table;
212 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
213 static unsigned fde_table_allocated;
215 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
216 static unsigned fde_table_in_use;
218 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
220 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
222 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
223 static dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
225 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
226 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
227 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
228 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
229 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
231 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
233 static char *stripattributes PARAMS ((const char *));
234 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
235 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi PARAMS ((void));
236 static void add_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref));
237 static void add_fde_cfi PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref));
238 static void lookup_cfa_1 PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *));
239 static void lookup_cfa PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
240 static void reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
242 static void initial_return_save PARAMS ((rtx));
243 static long stack_adjust_offset PARAMS ((rtx));
244 static void output_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int));
245 static void output_call_frame_info PARAMS ((int));
246 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust PARAMS ((rtx));
247 static void queue_reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, rtx, long));
248 static void flush_queued_reg_saves PARAMS ((void));
249 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save PARAMS ((rtx));
250 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr PARAMS ((rtx, const char *));
252 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
253 static void output_cfa_loc PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref));
254 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *,
255 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *));
256 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
257 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
258 static void def_cfa_1 PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfa_location *));
260 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
261 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
262 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
265 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
266 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
267 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
269 /* Pseudo-op for defining a new section. */
270 #ifndef SECTION_ASM_OP
271 #define SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section\t"
274 /* The default format used by the ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION macro (see below) to
275 print the SECTION_ASM_OP and the section name. The default here works for
276 almost all svr4 assemblers, except for the sparc, where the section name
277 must be enclosed in double quotes. (See sparcv4.h). */
278 #ifndef SECTION_FORMAT
279 #ifdef PUSHSECTION_FORMAT
280 #define SECTION_FORMAT PUSHSECTION_FORMAT
282 #define SECTION_FORMAT "%s%s\n"
286 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
287 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
290 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
291 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
293 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
294 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
296 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
297 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
298 #define CIE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLCIE"
299 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
300 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
301 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
302 #define FDE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLFDE"
303 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
304 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
305 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
306 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
307 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
309 /* Definitions of defaults for various types of primitive assembly language
310 output operations. These may be overridden from within the tm.h file,
311 but typically, that is unnecessary. */
313 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION
314 #define ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION(FILE, SECTION) \
315 fprintf ((FILE), SECTION_FORMAT, SECTION_ASM_OP, SECTION)
319 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
320 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL(FILE, SY, HI, LO) \
322 fprintf (FILE, "%s", SET_ASM_OP); \
323 assemble_name (FILE, SY); \
325 assemble_name (FILE, HI); \
327 assemble_name (FILE, LO); \
330 #endif /* SET_ASM_OP */
332 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
333 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
335 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
337 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
339 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
343 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
344 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
345 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
346 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
349 /* Hook used by __throw. */
352 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
354 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM));
357 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
358 for the current function. */
359 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
360 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
363 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
364 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
370 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
375 while (*s && *s != ',')
382 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
385 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address)
389 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
390 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
391 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr);
393 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS; ++i)
395 int offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
396 int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode[i]);
401 emit_move_insn (change_address (mem, mode,
402 plus_constant (addr, offset)),
407 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
410 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc)
411 register unsigned cfi_opc;
415 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
416 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
418 return "DW_CFA_offset";
420 return "DW_CFA_restore";
424 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
425 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
426 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
427 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
428 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
429 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
430 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
431 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
432 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
433 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
434 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
435 case DW_CFA_undefined:
436 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
437 case DW_CFA_same_value:
438 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
439 case DW_CFA_register:
440 return "DW_CFA_register";
441 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
442 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
443 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
444 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
446 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
447 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
448 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
449 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
450 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
451 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
452 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
454 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
455 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
456 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
459 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
460 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
461 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
462 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
463 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
464 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
467 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
471 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
473 static inline dw_cfi_ref
476 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = (dw_cfi_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
478 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
479 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
480 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
485 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
488 add_cfi (list_head, cfi)
489 register dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
490 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
492 register dw_cfi_ref *p;
494 /* Find the end of the chain. */
495 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
501 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
504 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
506 static char label[20];
507 static unsigned long label_num = 0;
509 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", label_num++);
510 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
515 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
516 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
519 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi)
520 register const char *label;
521 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
525 register dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
528 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
530 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
531 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
533 register dw_cfi_ref xcfi;
535 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
537 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
539 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
540 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
541 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
544 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
548 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
551 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
554 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc)
555 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
556 register dw_cfa_location *loc;
558 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
560 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
561 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
563 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
564 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
567 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
568 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
570 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
571 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
578 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
582 register dw_cfa_location *loc;
584 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
586 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
589 loc->base_offset = 0;
591 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
592 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
594 if (fde_table_in_use)
596 register dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
597 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
598 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
602 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
603 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
605 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
607 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
609 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
610 static long args_size;
612 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
613 static long old_args_size;
615 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
616 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
617 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
620 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, reg, offset)
621 register const char *label;
630 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
633 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
634 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
636 def_cfa_1 (label, loc_p)
637 register const char *label;
638 dw_cfa_location *loc_p;
640 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
641 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
646 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
647 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
649 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
650 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
652 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset &&
653 loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect)
655 if (loc.indirect == 0
656 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset)
657 /* Nothing changed so no need to issue any call frame
664 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
666 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
667 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
669 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
670 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
673 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
674 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
677 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
678 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
679 offset has not changed. */
680 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
681 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
685 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
687 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
688 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
689 the specified offset. */
690 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
691 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
692 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
696 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
697 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
698 register-offset pair is available. */
699 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
700 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
701 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
702 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
705 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
708 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
709 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
710 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
711 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
714 reg_save (label, reg, sreg, offset)
715 register const char *label;
716 register unsigned reg;
717 register unsigned sreg;
718 register long offset;
720 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
722 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
724 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
725 the value isn't a register number. */
726 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
729 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
731 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
733 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
735 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
737 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
738 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
739 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
741 long check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
743 if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
747 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
750 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended;
753 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
755 else if (sreg == reg)
756 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
760 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
761 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
764 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
767 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
768 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
769 from the previous frame's window save area.
771 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
772 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
775 dwarf2out_window_save (label)
776 register const char *label;
778 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
779 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
780 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
783 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
784 pushed onto the stack. */
787 dwarf2out_args_size (label, size)
791 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
793 if (size == old_args_size)
795 old_args_size = size;
798 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
799 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
800 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
803 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
804 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
807 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
808 register const char *label;
809 register unsigned reg;
810 register long offset;
812 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
815 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
816 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
819 dwarf2out_return_save (label, offset)
820 register const char *label;
821 register long offset;
823 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
826 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
827 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
830 dwarf2out_return_reg (label, sreg)
831 register const char *label;
832 register unsigned sreg;
834 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
837 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
838 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
841 initial_return_save (rtl)
844 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
847 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
850 /* RA is in a register. */
851 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
854 /* RA is on the stack. */
856 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
859 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
864 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
866 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
869 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
871 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
878 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
879 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
880 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
881 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
883 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
889 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
892 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
896 stack_adjust_offset (pattern)
899 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
900 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
904 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
906 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
907 code = GET_CODE (src);
908 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
909 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
910 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
913 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
915 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
917 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
918 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
919 code = GET_CODE (src);
921 if (! (code == PRE_DEC || code == PRE_INC
922 || code == PRE_MODIFY)
923 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
926 if (code == PRE_MODIFY)
928 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
929 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
930 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != PLUS ||
931 GET_CODE (val) != CONST_INT)
933 offset = -INTVAL (val);
935 else offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
940 if (code == PLUS || code == PRE_INC)
946 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
947 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
948 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
951 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn)
957 if (! flag_non_call_exceptions && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
959 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
961 insn = PATTERN (insn);
962 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
963 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
964 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
965 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
966 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
968 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
972 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
973 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
974 else if (! flag_non_call_exceptions
975 && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
978 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
980 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
981 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
982 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
983 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
989 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
991 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
993 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
994 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
996 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1001 for (j = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
1003 rtx pattern = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, j);
1004 if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SET)
1005 offset += stack_adjust_offset (pattern);
1014 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1015 cfa.offset += offset;
1017 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1020 args_size += offset;
1024 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1025 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1026 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1029 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1030 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1031 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1033 struct queued_reg_save
1035 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1040 static struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1041 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1044 queue_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
1049 struct queued_reg_save *q = (struct queued_reg_save *) xmalloc (sizeof (*q));
1051 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1053 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1054 queued_reg_saves = q;
1056 last_reg_save_label = label;
1060 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1062 struct queued_reg_save *q, *next;
1064 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q ; q = next)
1066 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label, REGNO (q->reg), q->cfa_offset);
1071 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1072 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1076 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn)
1079 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1081 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q ; q = q->next)
1082 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1089 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1090 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1091 value, not an offset. */
1092 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1094 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1095 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1096 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1099 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1100 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1101 users need not read the source code.
1103 The High-Level Picture
1105 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1106 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1107 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1108 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1109 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1111 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1112 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1113 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1114 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1115 saves. This also seems to work.
1117 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1118 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1119 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1120 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1122 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1123 offset is non-zero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1124 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1125 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1127 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1129 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1130 consists of a register and an offset.
1131 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1132 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1133 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1134 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1135 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1136 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1137 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1139 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1140 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1141 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1144 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1145 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1146 and cfa_temp.offset.
1148 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1151 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1152 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1153 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1157 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1158 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1161 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1162 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1163 cfa.offset unchanged
1164 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1165 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1168 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1169 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1170 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1171 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1172 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1175 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1176 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1177 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1180 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1181 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1183 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1184 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1185 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1188 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1189 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1191 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1192 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1195 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1196 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1197 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1200 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1201 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1202 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1205 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1209 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1210 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1211 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1214 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1215 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1216 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1218 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1221 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1222 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1223 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1225 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1228 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1229 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1230 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1233 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1234 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1235 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1238 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1239 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1240 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1241 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1244 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr, label)
1251 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1252 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1253 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1254 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1255 flag is set in them. */
1257 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1258 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1261 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1263 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1265 rtx x = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
1267 if (GET_CODE (x) == SET &&
1268 (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (x) || par_index == 0))
1269 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (x, label);
1274 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1277 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1278 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1280 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1284 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1285 relative to the current CFA register. */
1286 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1288 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1290 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1296 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1297 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1298 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1299 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1300 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1301 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1302 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1308 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1312 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1315 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1318 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp.reg)
1320 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1326 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1328 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1329 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1331 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1333 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1334 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1336 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1339 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1341 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1342 cfa.offset += offset;
1343 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1344 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1346 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1349 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1350 or adjusting the FP */
1351 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1354 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1355 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1356 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1358 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1359 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1361 cfa.offset += offset;
1362 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1369 if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
1373 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1374 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1375 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1377 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1378 into the FP later on. */
1379 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1380 cfa.offset += offset;
1381 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1382 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1383 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1384 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1387 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1388 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1389 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1391 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1392 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1393 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1395 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1396 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1399 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1400 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1402 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1403 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1412 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1413 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1418 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1419 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp.reg
1420 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1422 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1423 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1424 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1427 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1428 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1436 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1440 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1443 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1445 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1450 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1451 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1453 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1455 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1456 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1458 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1459 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1460 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1462 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1467 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1468 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1471 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1472 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1474 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1475 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1476 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1478 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1482 /* With an offset. */
1486 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1488 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1489 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1492 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1493 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1494 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1495 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1501 /* Without an offset. */
1503 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1504 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1505 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1506 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1513 if (cfa_temp.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1515 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1516 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1523 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1524 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1525 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1527 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1529 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1531 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1532 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1535 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1536 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
1541 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1542 calculate the CFA. */
1544 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1545 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1547 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1549 cfa.reg = (unsigned) REGNO (x);
1550 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1552 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1557 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1558 queue_reg_save (label, src, offset);
1566 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1567 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1568 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1571 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn)
1577 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1579 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1580 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1582 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1584 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1586 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1589 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1593 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1594 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1596 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1598 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1599 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1603 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1605 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1607 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1609 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1611 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1614 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1617 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh)
1618 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
1619 register dw_fde_ref fde;
1622 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1624 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1625 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1626 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1627 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1629 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1631 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1632 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1633 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1634 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1635 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1637 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1639 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1640 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1641 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1642 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1646 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1647 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1649 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1651 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1653 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1654 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1655 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1658 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1659 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1661 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1662 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1663 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1664 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1666 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1667 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1668 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1669 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1671 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1672 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1673 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1674 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1676 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1677 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1678 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1679 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1681 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1682 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
1683 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1684 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1685 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1687 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1688 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1689 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1690 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1691 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1693 case DW_CFA_register:
1694 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1695 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1698 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1699 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1701 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1703 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1704 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
1712 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1713 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1714 location of saved registers. */
1717 output_call_frame_info (for_eh)
1720 register unsigned long i;
1721 register dw_fde_ref fde;
1722 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
1723 char l1[20], l2[20];
1724 int any_lsda_needed = 0;
1725 char augmentation[6];
1726 int augmentation_size;
1727 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1728 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1729 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1731 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1732 emit any EH unwind information. */
1735 int any_eh_needed = 0;
1736 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; ++i)
1737 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
1738 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = 1;
1739 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow)
1742 if (! any_eh_needed)
1746 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1752 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION
1753 EH_FRAME_SECTION ();
1755 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
1757 force_data_section ();
1758 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
1759 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
1760 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
1762 assemble_label ("__FRAME_BEGIN__");
1765 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION);
1767 /* Output the CIE. */
1768 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1769 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1770 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1771 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1772 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1774 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1775 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1776 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
1777 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
1778 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1780 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
1782 augmentation[0] = 0;
1783 augmentation_size = 0;
1789 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1790 augmentation section.
1791 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1792 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1793 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1795 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1796 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1798 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1799 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1800 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1802 p = augmentation + 1;
1803 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
1806 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
1808 if (any_lsda_needed)
1811 augmentation_size += 1;
1813 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
1816 augmentation_size += 1;
1818 if (p > augmentation + 1)
1820 augmentation[0] = 'z';
1824 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
1826 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
1828 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
1829 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
1831 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
1833 if (augmentation[0])
1835 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
1836 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
1838 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
1839 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
1840 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
1841 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
1843 if (any_lsda_needed)
1844 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
1845 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
1846 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
1847 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
1848 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
1851 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1852 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
1854 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
1855 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1856 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
1857 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1859 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
1860 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; ++i)
1862 fde = &fde_table[i];
1864 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
1865 if (for_eh && fde->nothrow && ! fde->uses_eh_lsda)
1868 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1869 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1870 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1871 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1873 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1875 /* ??? This always emits a 4 byte offset when for_eh is true, but it
1876 emits a target dependent sized offset when for_eh is not true.
1877 This inconsistency may confuse gdb. The only case where we need a
1878 non-4 byte offset is for the Irix6 N64 ABI, so we may lose SGI
1879 compatibility if we emit a 4 byte offset. We need a 4 byte offset
1880 though in order to be compatible with the dwarf_fde struct in frame.c.
1881 If the for_eh case is changed, then the struct in frame.c has
1882 to be adjusted appropriately. */
1884 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, "__FRAME_BEGIN__", "FDE CIE offset");
1886 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
1887 stripattributes (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION),
1892 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
1893 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin),
1894 "FDE initial location");
1895 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
1896 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1897 "FDE address range");
1901 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1902 "FDE initial location");
1903 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1904 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1905 "FDE address range");
1908 if (augmentation[0])
1910 if (any_lsda_needed)
1912 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (
1913 size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), "Augmentation size");
1915 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
1917 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
1918 fde->funcdef_number);
1919 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1920 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
1921 "Language Specific Data Area");
1924 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding),
1925 0, "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
1928 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
1931 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
1933 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
1934 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1935 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
1937 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
1938 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1939 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
1940 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1943 #ifndef EH_FRAME_SECTION
1945 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
1947 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
1948 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
1949 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
1950 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
1953 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
1958 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
1962 dwarf2out_begin_prologue ()
1964 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1965 register dw_fde_ref fde;
1967 current_function_func_begin_label = 0;
1969 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
1970 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
1971 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
1973 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
1974 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
1977 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
1981 ++current_funcdef_number;
1983 function_section (current_function_decl);
1984 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
1985 current_funcdef_number);
1986 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
1987 current_funcdef_number);
1988 current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
1990 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
1991 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
1992 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
1996 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
1997 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
1999 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2001 = (dw_fde_ref) xrealloc (fde_table,
2002 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2005 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2006 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2008 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2009 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2010 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
2011 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2012 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2013 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2014 fde->funcdef_number = current_funcdef_number;
2015 fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
2016 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2018 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2021 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2022 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2026 dwarf2out_end_epilogue ()
2029 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2031 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2033 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL, current_funcdef_number);
2034 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2035 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2036 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2040 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2042 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2043 fde_table = (dw_fde_ref) xcalloc (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2044 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2045 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2047 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2048 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2050 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2051 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2052 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2053 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2058 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2060 /* Output call frame information. */
2061 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2062 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG)
2063 output_call_frame_info (0);
2064 if (flag_unwind_tables || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS))
2065 output_call_frame_info (1);
2067 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
2068 || flag_unwind_tables || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS))
2069 output_call_frame_info (1);
2073 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2074 for emitting location expressions. */
2076 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2077 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2078 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2079 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2081 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2082 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2083 implementation are listed below. */
2089 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2091 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2092 dw_val_class_long_long,
2095 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2096 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2097 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2098 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2103 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2104 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2106 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
2113 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2115 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
2122 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2123 represented internally. */
2125 typedef struct dw_val_struct
2127 dw_val_class val_class;
2131 dw_loc_list_ref val_loc_list;
2132 dw_loc_descr_ref val_loc;
2134 long unsigned val_unsigned;
2135 dw_long_long_const val_long_long;
2136 dw_float_const val_float;
2141 unsigned val_fde_index;
2144 unsigned char val_flag;
2150 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2153 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
2155 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2156 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2157 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2158 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2163 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2164 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2165 their entire life. */
2166 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
2168 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2169 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2170 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2171 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list. Only on head of list */
2172 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2173 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2176 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
2177 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom,
2180 static void add_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref *,
2182 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2183 static unsigned long size_of_locs PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2184 static void output_loc_operands PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2185 static void output_loc_sequence PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2187 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
2188 const char *, const char *,
2189 const char *, unsigned));
2190 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref *,
2192 const char *, const char *, const char *));
2193 static void output_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref));
2194 static char *gen_internal_sym PARAMS ((const char *));
2195 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2198 dwarf_stack_op_name (op)
2199 register unsigned op;
2204 return "DW_OP_addr";
2206 return "DW_OP_deref";
2208 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2210 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2212 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2214 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2216 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2218 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2220 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2222 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2224 return "DW_OP_constu";
2226 return "DW_OP_consts";
2230 return "DW_OP_drop";
2232 return "DW_OP_over";
2234 return "DW_OP_pick";
2236 return "DW_OP_swap";
2240 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2248 return "DW_OP_minus";
2260 return "DW_OP_plus";
2261 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2262 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2268 return "DW_OP_shra";
2286 return "DW_OP_skip";
2288 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2290 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2292 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2294 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2296 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2298 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2300 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2302 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2304 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2306 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2308 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2310 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2312 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2314 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2316 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2318 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2320 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2322 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2324 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2326 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2328 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2330 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2332 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2334 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2336 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2338 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2340 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2342 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2344 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2346 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2348 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2350 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2352 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2354 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2356 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2358 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2360 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2362 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2364 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2366 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2368 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2370 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2372 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2374 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2376 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2378 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2380 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2382 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2384 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2386 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2388 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2390 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2392 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2394 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2396 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2398 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2400 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2402 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2404 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2406 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2408 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2410 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2412 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2414 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2416 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2418 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2420 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2422 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2424 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2426 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2428 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2430 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2432 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2434 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2436 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2438 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2440 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2442 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2444 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2446 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2448 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2450 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2452 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2454 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2456 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2458 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2460 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2462 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2464 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2466 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2468 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2470 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2472 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2474 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2476 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2478 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2480 return "DW_OP_regx";
2482 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2484 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2486 return "DW_OP_piece";
2487 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2488 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2489 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2490 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2494 return "OP_<unknown>";
2498 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2499 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2500 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2502 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2503 new_loc_descr (op, oprnd1, oprnd2)
2504 register enum dwarf_location_atom op;
2505 register unsigned long oprnd1;
2506 register unsigned long oprnd2;
2508 /* Use xcalloc here so we clear out all of the long_long constant in
2510 register dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2511 = (dw_loc_descr_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2513 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2514 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2515 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2516 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2517 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2522 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
2523 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal
2524 symbol for this location list node, which is done for the head of
2526 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
2527 new_loc_list (expr, begin, end, section, gensym)
2528 register dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2529 register const char *begin;
2530 register const char *end;
2531 register const char *section;
2532 register unsigned gensym;
2534 register dw_loc_list_ref retlist
2535 = (dw_loc_list_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
2536 retlist->begin = begin;
2538 retlist->expr = expr;
2539 retlist->section = section;
2541 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
2545 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2548 add_loc_descr (list_head, descr)
2549 register dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head;
2550 register dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
2552 register dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2554 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2555 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2561 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
2563 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head, descr, begin, end, section)
2564 register dw_loc_list_ref *list_head;
2565 register dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
2566 register const char *begin;
2567 register const char *end;
2568 register const char *section;
2570 register dw_loc_list_ref *d;
2572 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2573 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2575 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
2576 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
2579 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2581 static unsigned long
2582 size_of_loc_descr (loc)
2583 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2585 register unsigned long size = 1;
2587 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2590 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2609 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2612 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2617 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2618 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2656 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2659 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2662 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2665 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2666 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
2669 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2671 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2672 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2682 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2684 static unsigned long
2686 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2688 register unsigned long size = 0;
2690 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2692 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
2693 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
2699 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2702 output_loc_operands (loc)
2703 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2705 register dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2706 register dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2708 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2710 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2712 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2716 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2720 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2724 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
2726 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2733 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
2734 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2738 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2751 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2752 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2753 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2754 only doing unwinding. */
2759 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2762 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2765 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2768 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2770 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2771 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2805 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2808 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2811 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2814 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2815 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2818 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2820 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2821 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2822 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2825 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2830 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
2833 output_loc_sequence (loc)
2834 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2836 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2838 /* Output the opcode. */
2839 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
2840 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
2842 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2843 output_loc_operands (loc);
2847 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
2848 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
2851 output_cfa_loc (cfi)
2854 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2857 /* Output the size of the block. */
2858 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
2859 size = size_of_locs (loc);
2860 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
2862 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
2863 output_loc_sequence (loc);
2866 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor seqeunce from
2867 a dw_cfa_location. */
2869 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
2871 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
2873 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
2875 if (cfa->indirect == 0)
2878 if (cfa->base_offset)
2881 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
2883 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
2885 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
2886 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
2888 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
2889 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
2890 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
2891 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2892 if (cfa->offset != 0)
2894 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
2895 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2900 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a
2901 dwarf location descriptor sequence. */
2904 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa, loc)
2905 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
2906 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc;
2908 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
2910 cfa->base_offset = 0;
2914 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
2916 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
2951 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
2954 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2988 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
2989 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2992 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2993 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
2998 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2999 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3002 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implememnted\n",
3003 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3007 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3009 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3010 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3012 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3013 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3014 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3016 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3017 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3018 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3019 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3021 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3022 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3024 typedef long int dw_offset;
3026 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3028 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3029 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3030 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3031 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3032 typedef dw_die_ref *arange_ref;
3034 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3035 line number associated with the label generated for that
3036 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3037 the line number entry. */
3039 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
3041 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3042 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3046 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3048 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
3050 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3051 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3052 unsigned long function;
3054 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3056 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3057 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3058 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3060 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
3062 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3063 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3064 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3068 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3070 typedef struct die_struct
3072 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3074 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3075 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3076 dw_die_ref die_child;
3078 dw_offset die_offset;
3079 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3084 /* The pubname structure */
3086 typedef struct pubname_struct
3093 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3094 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
3097 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3101 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3102 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3103 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3106 /* Define a macro which returns non-zero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3107 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3109 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3110 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3111 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3112 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3113 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3114 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3116 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3117 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3118 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3119 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3120 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3121 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3122 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3123 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3124 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3125 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3127 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3128 language, and compiler version. */
3130 extern int flag_traditional;
3132 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3133 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3135 /* Fixed size portion of debugging line information prolog. */
3136 #define DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE 5
3138 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3139 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3141 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3142 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3143 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3144 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3146 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3147 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3148 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3149 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3150 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3152 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3153 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3154 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3155 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3157 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3161 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
3162 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
3163 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have
3164 no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated
3165 for each source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address
3166 and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. */
3168 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH
3169 #define DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH 4
3172 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3173 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3174 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3176 /* First special line opcde - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3177 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3179 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3180 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3182 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3183 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3184 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3185 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3186 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3188 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3189 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3190 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3192 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3193 static dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3195 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3196 static limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list = 0;
3198 /* Structure used by lookup_filename to manage sets of filenames. */
3204 unsigned last_lookup_index;
3207 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the filename
3209 #define FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3211 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3212 static struct file_table file_table;
3214 /* Local pointer to the name of the main input file. Initialized in
3216 static const char *primary_filename;
3218 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3219 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3220 number identifying each decl. */
3221 static dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
3223 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3224 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
3226 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3227 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
3229 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3231 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3233 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
3234 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
3235 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
3236 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
3237 define type declaration DIE's. */
3238 static tree *decl_scope_table;
3240 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_scope_table. */
3241 static int decl_scope_table_allocated;
3243 /* Current level of nesting of declaration scopes. */
3244 static int decl_scope_depth;
3246 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3247 decl_scope_table. */
3248 #define DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3250 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3251 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3252 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3253 static dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3255 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3256 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3258 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3259 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3261 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3262 abbrev_die_table. */
3263 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3265 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3266 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3267 static dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3269 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3270 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3272 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3273 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3275 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3276 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3277 static dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3279 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3280 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3282 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3283 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3285 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3287 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3289 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3290 accessible names. */
3291 static pubname_ref pubname_table;
3293 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3294 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3296 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3297 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3299 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3301 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3303 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3304 accessible names. */
3305 static arange_ref arange_table;
3307 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3308 static unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3310 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3311 static unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3313 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3315 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3317 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3318 static unsigned have_location_lists;
3320 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
3321 completed at some later time. */
3323 static tree *incomplete_types_list;
3325 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the incomplete_types_list. */
3326 static unsigned incomplete_types_allocated;
3328 /* Number of elements of incomplete_types_list currently in use. */
3329 static unsigned incomplete_types;
3331 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the incomplete
3332 types list. Actually, a single hunk of space of this size should
3333 be enough for most typical programs. */
3334 #define INCOMPLETE_TYPES_INCREMENT 64
3336 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3337 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3338 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3339 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3342 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
3343 must be kept around forever. We do this rather than perform GC on
3344 the dwarf info because almost all of the dwarf info lives forever, and
3345 it's easier to support non-GC frontends this way. */
3346 static varray_type used_rtx_varray;
3348 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3350 static int is_pseudo_reg PARAMS ((rtx));
3351 static tree type_main_variant PARAMS ((tree));
3352 static int is_tagged_type PARAMS ((tree));
3353 static const char *dwarf_tag_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3354 static const char *dwarf_attr_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3355 static const char *dwarf_form_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3357 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3359 static tree decl_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3360 static tree block_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3361 static tree decl_class_context PARAMS ((tree));
3362 static void add_dwarf_attr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref));
3363 static void add_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3364 enum dwarf_attribute,
3366 static void add_AT_int PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3367 enum dwarf_attribute, long));
3368 static void add_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3369 enum dwarf_attribute,
3371 static void add_AT_long_long PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3372 enum dwarf_attribute,
3375 static void add_AT_float PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3376 enum dwarf_attribute,
3378 static void add_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3379 enum dwarf_attribute,
3381 static void add_AT_die_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3382 enum dwarf_attribute,
3384 static void add_AT_fde_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3385 enum dwarf_attribute,
3387 static void add_AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3388 enum dwarf_attribute,
3390 static void add_AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3391 enum dwarf_attribute,
3393 static void add_AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3394 enum dwarf_attribute,
3396 static void add_AT_lbl_id PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3397 enum dwarf_attribute,
3399 static void add_AT_lbl_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3400 enum dwarf_attribute,
3402 static dw_attr_ref get_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3403 enum dwarf_attribute));
3404 static const char *get_AT_low_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3405 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3406 static const char *get_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3407 enum dwarf_attribute));
3408 static int get_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3409 enum dwarf_attribute));
3410 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3411 enum dwarf_attribute));
3412 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3413 enum dwarf_attribute));
3414 static int is_c_family PARAMS ((void));
3415 static int is_java PARAMS ((void));
3416 static int is_fortran PARAMS ((void));
3417 static void remove_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3418 enum dwarf_attribute));
3419 static void remove_children PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3420 static void add_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3421 static dw_die_ref new_die PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref));
3422 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3423 static void equate_type_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3424 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die PARAMS ((tree));
3425 static void equate_decl_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3426 static void print_spaces PARAMS ((FILE *));
3427 static void print_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, FILE *));
3428 static void print_dwarf_line_table PARAMS ((FILE *));
3429 static void reverse_die_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3430 static void reverse_all_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3431 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3432 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3433 static void loc_checksum PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3434 static void attr_checksum PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3435 static void die_checksum PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3436 static void compute_section_prefix PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3437 static int is_type_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3438 static int is_comdat_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3439 static int is_symbol_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3440 static void assign_symbol_names PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3441 static void break_out_includes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3442 static void add_sibling_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3443 static void build_abbrev_table PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3444 static void output_location_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3445 static unsigned long size_of_string PARAMS ((const char *));
3446 static int constant_size PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3447 static unsigned long size_of_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3448 static void calc_die_sizes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3449 static void mark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3450 static void unmark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3451 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3452 static unsigned long size_of_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3453 static enum dwarf_form value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3454 static void output_value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3455 static void output_abbrev_section PARAMS ((void));
3456 static void output_die_symbol PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3457 static void output_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3458 static void output_compilation_unit_header PARAMS ((void));
3459 static void output_comp_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3460 static const char *dwarf2_name PARAMS ((tree, int));
3461 static void add_pubname PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3462 static void output_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3463 static void add_arange PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3464 static void output_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3465 static void output_line_info PARAMS ((void));
3466 static void output_file_names PARAMS ((void));
3467 static dw_die_ref base_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3468 static tree root_type PARAMS ((tree));
3469 static int is_base_type PARAMS ((tree));
3470 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die PARAMS ((tree, int, int, dw_die_ref));
3471 static int type_is_enum PARAMS ((tree));
3472 static unsigned int reg_number PARAMS ((rtx));
3473 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3474 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT));
3475 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3476 static int is_based_loc PARAMS ((rtx));
3477 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode mode));
3478 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
3479 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3480 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree PARAMS ((tree, int));
3481 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int));
3482 static tree field_type PARAMS ((tree));
3483 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3484 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3485 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3486 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset PARAMS ((tree));
3487 static void add_AT_location_description PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3488 enum dwarf_attribute, rtx));
3489 static void add_data_member_location_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3490 static void add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, rtx));
3491 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location PARAMS ((tree));
3492 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3493 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3494 static void add_name_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, const char *));
3495 static void add_bound_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3496 enum dwarf_attribute, tree));
3497 static void add_subscript_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3498 static void add_byte_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3499 static void add_bit_offset_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3500 static void add_bit_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3501 static void add_prototyped_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3502 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3503 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3504 static void add_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3505 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3506 static void push_decl_scope PARAMS ((tree));
3507 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3508 static void pop_decl_scope PARAMS ((void));
3509 static void add_type_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree, int, int,
3511 static const char *type_tag PARAMS ((tree));
3512 static tree member_declared_type PARAMS ((tree));
3514 static const char *decl_start_label PARAMS ((tree));
3516 static void gen_array_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3517 static void gen_set_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3519 static void gen_entry_point_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3521 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3522 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3523 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3524 static void gen_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3525 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3526 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3527 static void gen_formal_types_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3528 static void gen_subprogram_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3529 static void gen_variable_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3530 static void gen_label_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3531 static void gen_lexical_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3532 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3533 static void gen_field_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3534 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3535 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die PARAMS ((const char *));
3536 static void gen_string_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3537 static void gen_inheritance_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3538 static void gen_member_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3539 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3540 static void gen_subroutine_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3541 static void gen_typedef_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3542 static void gen_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3543 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3544 static void gen_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3545 static void decls_for_scope PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3546 static int is_redundant_typedef PARAMS ((tree));
3547 static void gen_decl_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3548 static unsigned lookup_filename PARAMS ((const char *));
3549 static void init_file_table PARAMS ((void));
3550 static void add_incomplete_type PARAMS ((tree));
3551 static void retry_incomplete_types PARAMS ((void));
3552 static void gen_type_die_for_member PARAMS ((tree, tree, dw_die_ref));
3553 static rtx save_rtx PARAMS ((rtx));
3554 static void splice_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3555 static int file_info_cmp PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3557 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3558 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3559 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3561 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3562 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3564 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3565 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3567 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3568 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3570 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3571 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3573 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3574 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3576 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3577 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3579 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3580 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3583 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3584 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION
3585 #define TEXT_SECTION ".text"
3587 #ifndef DATA_SECTION
3588 #define DATA_SECTION ".data"
3591 #define BSS_SECTION ".bss"
3594 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3595 the section names themselves. */
3597 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3598 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3600 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3601 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3603 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3604 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3606 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3607 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3609 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3610 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3613 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3614 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3615 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3616 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3617 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3619 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3620 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3621 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3622 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3623 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3624 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3625 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3626 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3628 #ifndef DATA_END_LABEL
3629 #define DATA_END_LABEL "Ledata"
3631 #ifndef BSS_END_LABEL
3632 #define BSS_END_LABEL "Lebss"
3634 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3635 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3637 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3638 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3640 #ifndef BODY_BEGIN_LABEL
3641 #define BODY_BEGIN_LABEL "Lbb"
3643 #ifndef BODY_END_LABEL
3644 #define BODY_END_LABEL "Lbe"
3646 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3647 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3649 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3650 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3653 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3654 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3656 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3659 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func)
3660 const char *(*func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3662 demangle_name_func = func;
3665 /* Return an rtx like ORIG which lives forever. If we're doing GC,
3666 that means adding it to used_rtx_varray. If not, that means making
3667 a copy on the permanent_obstack. */
3673 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, orig);
3678 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3684 return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3685 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3686 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3689 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3693 type_main_variant (type)
3696 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3698 /* There really should be only one main variant among any group of variants
3699 of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all members of
3700 the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C front-end
3701 messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug here. */
3703 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3704 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3705 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3710 /* Return non-zero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3713 is_tagged_type (type)
3716 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3718 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
3719 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3722 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3725 dwarf_tag_name (tag)
3726 register unsigned tag;
3730 case DW_TAG_padding:
3731 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3732 case DW_TAG_array_type:
3733 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3734 case DW_TAG_class_type:
3735 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3736 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
3737 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3738 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
3739 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3740 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
3741 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3742 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
3743 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3745 return "DW_TAG_label";
3746 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
3747 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3749 return "DW_TAG_member";
3750 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
3751 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3752 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
3753 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3754 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
3755 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3756 case DW_TAG_string_type:
3757 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3758 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
3759 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3760 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
3761 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3762 case DW_TAG_typedef:
3763 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3764 case DW_TAG_union_type:
3765 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3766 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
3767 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3768 case DW_TAG_variant:
3769 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3770 case DW_TAG_common_block:
3771 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3772 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
3773 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
3774 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
3775 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
3776 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
3777 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
3779 return "DW_TAG_module";
3780 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
3781 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3782 case DW_TAG_set_type:
3783 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3784 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
3785 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3786 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
3787 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3788 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
3789 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
3790 case DW_TAG_base_type:
3791 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
3792 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
3793 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
3794 case DW_TAG_const_type:
3795 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
3796 case DW_TAG_constant:
3797 return "DW_TAG_constant";
3798 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
3799 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
3800 case DW_TAG_file_type:
3801 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
3803 return "DW_TAG_friend";
3804 case DW_TAG_namelist:
3805 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
3806 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
3807 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
3808 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
3809 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
3810 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
3811 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
3812 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
3813 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
3814 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
3815 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
3816 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
3817 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
3818 case DW_TAG_try_block:
3819 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
3820 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
3821 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
3822 case DW_TAG_variable:
3823 return "DW_TAG_variable";
3824 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
3825 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
3826 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
3827 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
3828 case DW_TAG_format_label:
3829 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
3830 case DW_TAG_function_template:
3831 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
3832 case DW_TAG_class_template:
3833 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
3834 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
3835 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
3836 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
3837 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
3839 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3843 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3846 dwarf_attr_name (attr)
3847 register unsigned attr;
3852 return "DW_AT_sibling";
3853 case DW_AT_location:
3854 return "DW_AT_location";
3856 return "DW_AT_name";
3857 case DW_AT_ordering:
3858 return "DW_AT_ordering";
3859 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
3860 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
3861 case DW_AT_byte_size:
3862 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
3863 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
3864 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
3865 case DW_AT_bit_size:
3866 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
3867 case DW_AT_element_list:
3868 return "DW_AT_element_list";
3869 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
3870 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
3872 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
3874 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
3875 case DW_AT_language:
3876 return "DW_AT_language";
3878 return "DW_AT_member";
3880 return "DW_AT_discr";
3881 case DW_AT_discr_value:
3882 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
3883 case DW_AT_visibility:
3884 return "DW_AT_visibility";
3886 return "DW_AT_import";
3887 case DW_AT_string_length:
3888 return "DW_AT_string_length";
3889 case DW_AT_common_reference:
3890 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
3891 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
3892 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
3893 case DW_AT_const_value:
3894 return "DW_AT_const_value";
3895 case DW_AT_containing_type:
3896 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
3897 case DW_AT_default_value:
3898 return "DW_AT_default_value";
3900 return "DW_AT_inline";
3901 case DW_AT_is_optional:
3902 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
3903 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
3904 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
3905 case DW_AT_producer:
3906 return "DW_AT_producer";
3907 case DW_AT_prototyped:
3908 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
3909 case DW_AT_return_addr:
3910 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
3911 case DW_AT_start_scope:
3912 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
3913 case DW_AT_stride_size:
3914 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
3915 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
3916 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
3917 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
3918 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
3919 case DW_AT_accessibility:
3920 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
3921 case DW_AT_address_class:
3922 return "DW_AT_address_class";
3923 case DW_AT_artificial:
3924 return "DW_AT_artificial";
3925 case DW_AT_base_types:
3926 return "DW_AT_base_types";
3927 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
3928 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
3930 return "DW_AT_count";
3931 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
3932 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
3933 case DW_AT_decl_column:
3934 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
3935 case DW_AT_decl_file:
3936 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
3937 case DW_AT_decl_line:
3938 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
3939 case DW_AT_declaration:
3940 return "DW_AT_declaration";
3941 case DW_AT_discr_list:
3942 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
3943 case DW_AT_encoding:
3944 return "DW_AT_encoding";
3945 case DW_AT_external:
3946 return "DW_AT_external";
3947 case DW_AT_frame_base:
3948 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
3950 return "DW_AT_friend";
3951 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
3952 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
3953 case DW_AT_macro_info:
3954 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
3955 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
3956 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
3957 case DW_AT_priority:
3958 return "DW_AT_priority";
3960 return "DW_AT_segment";
3961 case DW_AT_specification:
3962 return "DW_AT_specification";
3963 case DW_AT_static_link:
3964 return "DW_AT_static_link";
3966 return "DW_AT_type";
3967 case DW_AT_use_location:
3968 return "DW_AT_use_location";
3969 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
3970 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
3971 case DW_AT_virtuality:
3972 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
3973 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
3974 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
3976 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
3977 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
3978 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
3979 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
3980 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
3981 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
3982 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
3983 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
3984 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
3985 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
3986 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
3987 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
3988 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
3989 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
3990 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
3991 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
3992 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
3993 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
3994 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
3995 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
3996 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
3997 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
3999 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4000 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4001 case DW_AT_src_info:
4002 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4003 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4004 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4005 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4006 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4007 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4008 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4009 case DW_AT_body_end:
4010 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4012 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4016 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4019 dwarf_form_name (form)
4020 register unsigned form;
4025 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4026 case DW_FORM_block2:
4027 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4028 case DW_FORM_block4:
4029 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4031 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4033 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4035 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4036 case DW_FORM_string:
4037 return "DW_FORM_string";
4039 return "DW_FORM_block";
4040 case DW_FORM_block1:
4041 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4043 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4045 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4047 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4049 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4051 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4052 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4053 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4055 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4057 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4059 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4061 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4062 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4063 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4064 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4065 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4067 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4071 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4075 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc)
4076 register unsigned enc;
4080 case DW_ATE_address:
4081 return "DW_ATE_address";
4082 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4083 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4084 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4085 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4087 return "DW_ATE_float";
4089 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4090 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4091 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4092 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4093 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4094 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4095 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4097 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4102 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4103 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4104 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4105 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4109 decl_ultimate_origin (decl)
4112 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4113 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4114 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4115 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4118 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4119 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
4120 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4121 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4125 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4128 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4129 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4130 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4131 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4135 block_ultimate_origin (block)
4136 register tree block;
4138 register tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4140 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4141 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4142 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4143 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4146 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4150 register tree ret_val;
4151 register tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4155 ret_val = lookahead;
4156 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK)
4157 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val)
4160 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4166 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4167 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4171 decl_class_context (decl)
4174 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4176 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4177 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4179 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4180 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4182 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4183 context = NULL_TREE;
4188 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4189 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4192 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr)
4193 register dw_die_ref die;
4194 register dw_attr_ref attr;
4196 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4198 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4199 die->die_attr = attr;
4203 static inline dw_val_class AT_class PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4204 static inline dw_val_class
4208 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4211 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4214 add_AT_flag (die, attr_kind, flag)
4215 register dw_die_ref die;
4216 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4217 register unsigned flag;
4219 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4221 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4222 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4223 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4224 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4225 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4228 static inline unsigned AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4229 static inline unsigned
4231 register dw_attr_ref a;
4233 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
4234 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4239 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4242 add_AT_int (die, attr_kind, int_val)
4243 register dw_die_ref die;
4244 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4245 register long int int_val;
4247 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4249 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4250 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4251 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4252 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4253 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4256 static inline long int AT_int PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4257 static inline long int
4259 register dw_attr_ref a;
4261 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
4262 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4267 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4270 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind, unsigned_val)
4271 register dw_die_ref die;
4272 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4273 register unsigned long unsigned_val;
4275 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4277 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4278 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4279 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4280 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4281 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4284 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4285 static inline unsigned long
4287 register dw_attr_ref a;
4289 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4290 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4295 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4298 add_AT_long_long (die, attr_kind, val_hi, val_low)
4299 register dw_die_ref die;
4300 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4301 register unsigned long val_hi;
4302 register unsigned long val_low;
4304 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4306 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4307 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4308 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4309 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4310 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4311 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4314 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4317 add_AT_float (die, attr_kind, length, array)
4318 register dw_die_ref die;
4319 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4320 register unsigned length;
4321 register long *array;
4323 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4325 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4326 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4327 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
4328 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
4329 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
4330 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4333 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4336 add_AT_string (die, attr_kind, str)
4337 register dw_die_ref die;
4338 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4339 register const char *str;
4341 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4343 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4344 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4345 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4346 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = xstrdup (str);
4347 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4350 static inline const char *AT_string PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4351 static inline const char *
4353 register dw_attr_ref a;
4355 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4356 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4361 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4364 add_AT_die_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_die)
4365 register dw_die_ref die;
4366 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4367 register dw_die_ref targ_die;
4369 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4371 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4372 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4373 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4374 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4375 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4376 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4379 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4380 static inline dw_die_ref
4382 register dw_attr_ref a;
4384 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4385 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4390 static inline int AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4393 register dw_attr_ref a;
4395 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4396 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4401 static inline void set_AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, int));
4403 set_AT_ref_external (a, i)
4404 register dw_attr_ref a;
4407 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4408 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4413 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4416 add_AT_fde_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_fde)
4417 register dw_die_ref die;
4418 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4419 register unsigned targ_fde;
4421 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4423 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4424 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4425 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4426 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4427 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4430 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4433 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc)
4434 register dw_die_ref die;
4435 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4436 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4438 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4440 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4441 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4442 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4443 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4444 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4447 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4448 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4450 register dw_attr_ref a;
4452 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
4453 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4459 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, loc_list)
4460 register dw_die_ref die;
4461 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4462 register dw_loc_list_ref loc_list;
4464 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4466 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4467 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4468 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4469 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4470 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4471 have_location_lists = 1;
4474 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4476 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4478 register dw_attr_ref a;
4480 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
4481 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4486 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4489 add_AT_addr (die, attr_kind, addr)
4490 register dw_die_ref die;
4491 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4494 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4496 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4497 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4498 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4499 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4500 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4503 static inline rtx AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4506 register dw_attr_ref a;
4508 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
4509 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4514 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4517 add_AT_lbl_id (die, attr_kind, lbl_id)
4518 register dw_die_ref die;
4519 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4520 register const char *lbl_id;
4522 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4524 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4525 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4526 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4527 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4528 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4531 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4534 add_AT_lbl_offset (die, attr_kind, label)
4535 register dw_die_ref die;
4536 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4537 register const char *label;
4539 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4541 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4542 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4543 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4544 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4545 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4548 static inline const char *AT_lbl PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4549 static inline const char *
4551 register dw_attr_ref a;
4553 if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4554 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
4555 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4560 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4562 static inline dw_attr_ref
4563 get_AT (die, attr_kind)
4564 register dw_die_ref die;
4565 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4567 register dw_attr_ref a;
4568 register dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4572 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4574 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4577 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4578 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4583 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4589 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with
4590 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is
4591 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
4592 assembler label identifier. */
4594 static inline const char *
4596 register dw_die_ref die;
4598 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4599 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4602 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with
4603 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is
4604 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
4605 assembler label identifier. */
4607 static inline const char *
4609 register dw_die_ref die;
4611 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4612 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4615 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4616 NULL if it is not present. */
4618 static inline const char *
4619 get_AT_string (die, attr_kind)
4620 register dw_die_ref die;
4621 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4623 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4624 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
4627 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4628 if it is not present. */
4631 get_AT_flag (die, attr_kind)
4632 register dw_die_ref die;
4633 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4635 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4636 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
4639 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4640 if it is not present. */
4642 static inline unsigned
4643 get_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind)
4644 register dw_die_ref die;
4645 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4647 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4648 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
4651 static inline dw_die_ref
4652 get_AT_ref (die, attr_kind)
4654 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4656 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4657 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
4663 register unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4665 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
4666 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4672 register unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4674 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90);
4680 register unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4682 return (lang == DW_LANG_Java);
4685 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
4687 static inline void free_AT PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4692 switch (AT_class (a))
4694 case dw_val_class_str:
4695 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
4696 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
4697 free (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str);
4700 case dw_val_class_float:
4701 free (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array);
4711 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4714 remove_AT (die, attr_kind)
4715 register dw_die_ref die;
4716 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4718 register dw_attr_ref *p;
4719 register dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
4723 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
4724 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4727 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
4736 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
4738 static inline void free_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
4743 remove_children (die);
4747 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
4750 remove_children (die)
4751 register dw_die_ref die;
4753 register dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
4755 die->die_child = NULL;
4757 while (child_die != NULL)
4759 register dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
4760 register dw_attr_ref a;
4762 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
4764 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
4766 register dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
4768 a = a->dw_attr_next;
4776 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
4777 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4780 add_child_die (die, child_die)
4781 register dw_die_ref die;
4782 register dw_die_ref child_die;
4784 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
4786 if (die == child_die)
4788 child_die->die_parent = die;
4789 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
4790 die->die_child = child_die;
4794 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
4795 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
4798 splice_child_die (parent, child)
4799 dw_die_ref parent, child;
4803 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
4804 specification DIE at toplevel. */
4805 if (child->die_parent != parent)
4807 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
4812 if (child->die_parent != parent
4813 && child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
4816 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
4819 *p = child->die_sib;
4823 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
4824 parent->die_child = child;
4827 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
4829 static inline dw_die_ref
4830 new_die (tag_value, parent_die)
4831 register enum dwarf_tag tag_value;
4832 register dw_die_ref parent_die;
4834 register dw_die_ref die = (dw_die_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (die_node));
4836 die->die_tag = tag_value;
4838 if (parent_die != NULL)
4839 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
4842 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
4844 limbo_node = (limbo_die_node *) xmalloc (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
4845 limbo_node->die = die;
4846 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
4847 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
4853 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
4855 static inline dw_die_ref
4856 lookup_type_die (type)
4859 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
4860 type = TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type);
4861 return (dw_die_ref) TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type);
4864 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
4867 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die)
4869 register dw_die_ref type_die;
4871 TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type) = (char *) type_die;
4874 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
4876 static inline dw_die_ref
4877 lookup_decl_die (decl)
4880 register unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
4882 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use
4883 ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
4886 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
4889 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die)
4891 register dw_die_ref decl_die;
4893 register unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
4894 register unsigned num_allocated;
4896 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
4899 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
4900 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
4901 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4904 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (decl_die_table,
4905 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
4907 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated], 0,
4908 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
4909 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
4912 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
4913 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
4915 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
4918 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
4919 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
4920 the DIE internal representation. */
4921 static int print_indent;
4923 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
4926 print_spaces (outfile)
4929 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
4932 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
4933 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
4936 print_die (die, outfile)
4940 register dw_attr_ref a;
4941 register dw_die_ref c;
4943 print_spaces (outfile);
4944 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
4945 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
4946 print_spaces (outfile);
4947 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
4948 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
4950 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4952 print_spaces (outfile);
4953 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
4955 switch (AT_class (a))
4957 case dw_val_class_addr:
4958 fprintf (outfile, "address");
4960 case dw_val_class_loc:
4961 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
4963 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
4964 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s", AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
4966 case dw_val_class_const:
4967 fprintf (outfile, "%ld", AT_int (a));
4969 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
4970 fprintf (outfile, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a));
4972 case dw_val_class_long_long:
4973 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
4974 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
4975 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
4977 case dw_val_class_float:
4978 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
4980 case dw_val_class_flag:
4981 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
4983 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
4984 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
4986 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
4987 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
4989 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
4992 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
4994 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
4995 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
4996 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
4998 case dw_val_class_str:
4999 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5000 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5002 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5008 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5011 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5014 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5015 print_die (c, outfile);
5019 if (print_indent == 0)
5020 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5023 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5024 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5027 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile)
5030 register unsigned i;
5031 register dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5033 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5034 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; ++i)
5036 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5037 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5038 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s", file_table.table[line_info->dw_file_num]);
5039 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5040 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5043 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5046 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5049 debug_dwarf_die (die)
5052 print_die (die, stderr);
5055 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5056 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5062 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5063 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5064 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5067 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5068 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5069 they are in order of addition. */
5072 reverse_die_lists (die)
5073 register dw_die_ref die;
5075 register dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5076 register dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5078 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5080 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5081 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5086 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5092 die->die_child = cp;
5095 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since
5096 we used to reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs
5097 through all the dies, it would reverse all the dies. Now, however,
5098 since we don't call reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we
5099 need a routine to recursively reverse all the dies. This is that
5103 reverse_all_dies (die)
5104 register dw_die_ref die;
5106 register dw_die_ref c;
5108 reverse_die_lists (die);
5110 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5111 reverse_all_dies (c);
5114 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is
5115 the CU for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the
5116 DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this
5120 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit, bincl_die)
5121 dw_die_ref old_unit, bincl_die;
5123 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5124 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5125 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5129 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5132 pop_compile_unit (old_unit)
5133 dw_die_ref old_unit;
5135 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5136 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5140 #define PROCESS(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5141 #define PROCESS_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5143 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5146 loc_checksum (loc, ctx)
5147 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5148 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5150 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5151 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5152 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5155 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5158 attr_checksum (at, ctx)
5160 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5162 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5165 PROCESS (at->dw_attr);
5167 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5168 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5169 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5170 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5171 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5174 switch (AT_class (at))
5176 case dw_val_class_const:
5177 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5179 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5180 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5182 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5183 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5185 case dw_val_class_float:
5186 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_float);
5188 case dw_val_class_flag:
5189 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5192 case dw_val_class_str:
5193 PROCESS_STRING (AT_string (at));
5195 case dw_val_class_addr:
5197 switch (GET_CODE (r))
5200 PROCESS_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5208 case dw_val_class_loc:
5209 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5210 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5213 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5214 if (AT_ref (at)->die_offset)
5215 PROCESS (AT_ref (at)->die_offset);
5216 /* FIXME else use target die name or something. */
5218 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5219 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5220 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5227 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5230 die_checksum (die, ctx)
5232 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5237 PROCESS (die->die_tag);
5239 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5240 attr_checksum (a, ctx);
5242 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5243 die_checksum (c, ctx);
5247 #undef PROCESS_STRING
5249 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5251 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5253 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5254 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5256 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5257 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5260 compute_section_prefix (unit_die)
5261 dw_die_ref unit_die;
5265 unsigned char checksum[16];
5268 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5269 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx);
5270 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5272 p = lbasename (get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name));
5273 name = (char *) alloca (strlen (p) + 64);
5274 sprintf (name, "%s.", p);
5276 clean_symbol_name (name);
5278 p = name + strlen (name);
5279 for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i)
5281 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5285 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5286 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5289 /* Returns nonzero iff DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5295 switch (die->die_tag)
5297 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5298 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5299 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5300 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5301 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5302 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5303 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5304 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5305 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5306 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5307 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5308 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5309 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5310 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5311 case DW_TAG_file_type:
5312 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
5313 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
5320 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5321 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5322 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5323 compilations (functions). */
5330 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the
5331 main CU, as we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater
5332 likelihood of sharing between objects that don't include headers
5333 in the same order (and therefore would put the base types in a
5334 different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5335 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
5338 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5339 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5340 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
5341 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
5343 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
5344 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
5348 return is_type_die (c);
5351 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5352 compilation unit. */
5358 if (is_type_die (c))
5360 if (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
5361 && ! get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification))
5367 gen_internal_sym (prefix)
5371 static int label_num;
5372 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
5373 return xstrdup (buf);
5376 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5379 assign_symbol_names (die)
5380 register dw_die_ref die;
5382 register dw_die_ref c;
5384 if (is_symbol_die (die))
5386 if (comdat_symbol_id)
5388 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
5389 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
5390 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
5391 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
5394 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5397 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5398 assign_symbol_names (c);
5401 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5402 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5403 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5406 break_out_includes (die)
5407 register dw_die_ref die;
5410 register dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
5411 limbo_die_node *node;
5413 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr; )
5415 register dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
5417 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5418 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5419 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
5421 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5424 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
5426 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
5429 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
5431 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
5435 add_child_die (unit, c);
5439 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5440 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
5446 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5447 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5452 assign_symbol_names (die);
5453 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
5455 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
5456 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
5460 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
5461 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
5462 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
5465 add_sibling_attributes (die)
5466 register dw_die_ref die;
5468 register dw_die_ref c;
5470 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
5471 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
5472 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
5473 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
5475 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5476 add_sibling_attributes (c);
5479 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and it's children */
5481 output_location_lists (die)
5482 register dw_die_ref die;
5486 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
5488 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
5490 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
5493 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5494 output_location_lists (c);
5497 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs)
5498 is encoded in an abbreviation table. This routine builds the
5499 abbreviation table and assigns a unique abbreviation id for
5500 each abbreviation entry. The children of each die are visited
5504 build_abbrev_table (die)
5505 register dw_die_ref die;
5507 register unsigned long abbrev_id;
5508 register unsigned long n_alloc;
5509 register dw_die_ref c;
5510 register dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
5512 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
5513 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
5514 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
5516 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
5517 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
5519 if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
5521 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
5525 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
5527 register dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
5529 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
5531 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
5533 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
5534 d_attr = die->die_attr;
5536 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
5538 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
5539 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
5542 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
5543 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
5546 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
5552 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
5554 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
5556 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5558 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (abbrev_die_table,
5559 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
5561 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
5562 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5563 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
5566 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5567 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
5570 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
5571 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5572 build_abbrev_table (c);
5575 /* Return the size of a string, including the null byte.
5577 This used to treat backslashes as escapes, and hence they were not included
5578 in the count. However, that conflicts with what ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII does,
5579 which treats a backslash as a backslash, escaping it if necessary, and hence
5580 we must include them in the count. */
5582 static unsigned long
5583 size_of_string (str)
5584 register const char *str;
5586 return strlen (str) + 1;
5589 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
5592 constant_size (value)
5593 long unsigned value;
5600 log = floor_log2 (value);
5603 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
5608 /* Return the size of a DIE, as it is represented in the
5609 .debug_info section. */
5611 static unsigned long
5613 register dw_die_ref die;
5615 register unsigned long size = 0;
5616 register dw_attr_ref a;
5618 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
5619 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5621 switch (AT_class (a))
5623 case dw_val_class_addr:
5624 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5626 case dw_val_class_loc:
5628 register unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
5631 size += constant_size (lsize);
5635 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5636 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5638 case dw_val_class_const:
5639 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
5641 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5642 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
5644 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5645 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
5647 case dw_val_class_float:
5648 size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
5650 case dw_val_class_flag:
5653 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5654 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5656 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5657 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5659 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5660 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5662 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5663 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5665 case dw_val_class_str:
5666 size += size_of_string (AT_string (a));
5676 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE.
5677 Visits the DIE's children recursively. Updates the global
5678 variable next_die_offset, on each time through. Uses the
5679 current value of next_die_offset to update the die_offset
5680 field in each DIE. */
5683 calc_die_sizes (die)
5686 register dw_die_ref c;
5687 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
5688 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
5690 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5693 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5694 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
5695 next_die_offset += 1;
5698 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
5699 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
5700 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
5701 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
5707 register dw_die_ref c;
5709 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5713 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
5719 register dw_die_ref c;
5721 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5725 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
5726 compilation unit. */
5728 static unsigned long
5731 register unsigned long size;
5732 register unsigned i;
5734 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
5735 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; ++i)
5737 register pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
5738 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_string (p->name);
5741 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5745 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
5747 static unsigned long
5750 register unsigned long size;
5752 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
5754 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
5755 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5756 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
5758 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
5759 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5763 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
5765 static enum dwarf_form
5769 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
5771 case dw_val_class_addr:
5772 return DW_FORM_addr;
5773 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5774 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
5775 .debug_loc section */
5776 return DW_FORM_data4;
5777 case dw_val_class_loc:
5778 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
5781 return DW_FORM_block1;
5783 return DW_FORM_block2;
5787 case dw_val_class_const:
5788 return DW_FORM_sdata;
5789 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5790 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
5793 return DW_FORM_data1;
5795 return DW_FORM_data2;
5797 return DW_FORM_data4;
5799 return DW_FORM_data8;
5803 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5804 return DW_FORM_block1;
5805 case dw_val_class_float:
5806 return DW_FORM_block1;
5807 case dw_val_class_flag:
5808 return DW_FORM_flag;
5809 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5810 if (AT_ref_external (a))
5811 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
5814 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5815 return DW_FORM_data;
5816 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5817 return DW_FORM_addr;
5818 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5819 return DW_FORM_data;
5820 case dw_val_class_str:
5821 return DW_FORM_string;
5827 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
5830 output_value_format (a)
5833 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
5834 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
5837 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
5841 output_abbrev_section ()
5843 unsigned long abbrev_id;
5846 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
5848 register dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
5850 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
5852 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
5853 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
5855 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
5856 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
5858 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
5860 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
5861 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
5863 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
5864 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
5865 output_value_format (a_attr);
5868 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
5869 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
5872 /* Terminate the table. */
5873 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
5876 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
5879 output_die_symbol (die)
5880 register dw_die_ref die;
5882 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
5887 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
5888 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
5889 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
5891 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
5892 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
5895 /* Output the location list given to us */
5897 output_loc_list (list_head)
5898 register dw_loc_list_ref list_head;
5900 register dw_loc_list_ref curr;
5901 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
5902 if (strcmp (curr->section, ".text") == 0)
5904 if (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE == 4)
5905 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0xffffffff, "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
5906 else if (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE == 8)
5907 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0xffffffffffffffffLL, "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
5910 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->section, "Location list base address specifier base");
5912 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr=curr->dw_loc_next)
5915 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section, "Location list begin address (%s)", list_head->ll_symbol);
5916 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section, "Location list end address (%s)", list_head->ll_symbol);
5917 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
5919 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
5920 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", "Location expression size");
5922 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
5924 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "Location list terminator begin (%s)", list_head->ll_symbol);
5925 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "Location list terminator end (%s)", list_head->ll_symbol);
5927 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
5928 the definitions of each child DIE. */
5932 register dw_die_ref die;
5934 register dw_attr_ref a;
5935 register dw_die_ref c;
5936 register unsigned long size;
5938 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
5939 them to point to. */
5940 if (die->die_symbol)
5941 output_die_symbol (die);
5943 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
5944 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5946 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5948 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
5950 switch (AT_class (a))
5952 case dw_val_class_addr:
5953 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
5956 case dw_val_class_loc:
5957 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
5959 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
5960 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
5962 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
5965 case dw_val_class_const:
5966 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
5967 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
5968 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
5969 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
5972 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5973 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
5974 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
5977 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5979 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
5981 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
5984 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
5986 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
5987 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
5991 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
5992 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
5994 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
5995 first, "long long constant");
5996 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6001 case dw_val_class_float:
6003 register unsigned int i;
6005 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4,
6008 for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; ++i)
6009 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i],
6010 "fp constant word %u", i);
6014 case dw_val_class_flag:
6015 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6017 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6019 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6022 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, loc_section_label, name);
6025 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6026 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6028 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6031 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6033 else if (AT_ref (a)->die_offset == 0)
6036 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6040 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6043 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6044 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6045 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6049 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6050 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6053 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6054 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6057 case dw_val_class_str:
6058 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
6066 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6069 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6071 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6072 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6077 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6078 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6081 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6083 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6084 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6086 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
6088 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
6089 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6091 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6094 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6097 output_comp_unit (die)
6100 const char *secname;
6102 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the
6103 information about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty
6104 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
6105 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
6108 Mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6111 build_abbrev_table (die);
6113 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6114 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
6115 calc_die_sizes (die);
6117 if (die->die_symbol)
6119 char *tmp = (char *) alloca (strlen (die->die_symbol) + 24);
6120 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", die->die_symbol);
6122 die->die_symbol = NULL;
6125 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
6127 /* Output debugging information. */
6128 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, secname);
6129 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6132 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6134 if (die->die_symbol)
6138 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The output
6139 of decl_printable_name for C++ looks like "A::f(int)". Let's drop the
6140 argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6143 dwarf2_name (decl, scope)
6147 return (*decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
6150 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6153 add_pubname (decl, die)
6159 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6162 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
6164 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6165 pubname_table = (pubname_ref) xrealloc
6166 (pubname_table, pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry));
6169 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
6172 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
6175 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6176 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6177 visible procedures. */
6182 register unsigned i;
6183 register unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
6185 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
6186 "Length of Public Names Info");
6188 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6190 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6191 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6193 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
6194 "Compilation Unit Length");
6196 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; ++i)
6198 register pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
6200 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6201 if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
6204 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
6207 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
6210 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6213 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6216 add_arange (decl, die)
6220 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
6223 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
6225 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6227 = (arange_ref) xrealloc (arange_table,
6228 arange_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6231 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
6234 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6235 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6236 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6241 register unsigned i;
6242 register unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
6244 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
6245 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6247 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6249 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6250 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6252 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
6254 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6256 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6257 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
6259 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6261 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6262 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6263 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
6264 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
6267 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
6268 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
6269 text_section_label, "Length");
6271 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; ++i)
6273 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
6275 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6276 if (die->die_mark == 0)
6279 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
6281 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
6283 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
6284 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
6288 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6289 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6290 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6292 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
6293 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
6294 if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
6298 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
6301 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6302 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
6303 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6304 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
6309 /* Output the terminator words. */
6310 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6311 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6315 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
6318 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
6319 char *fname; /* File name part. */
6320 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
6321 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
6322 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
6325 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
6329 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
6330 int length; /* Path length. */
6331 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
6332 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
6333 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
6334 int used; /* Used in the end? */
6337 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
6338 the directories in the path. */
6340 file_info_cmp (p1, p2)
6344 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
6345 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
6349 /* Take care of file names without directories. */
6350 if (s1->path == s1->fname)
6352 else if (s2->path == s2->fname)
6355 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
6356 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
6362 /* Reached the end of the first path? */
6363 if (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
6364 /* It doesn't really matter in which order files from the
6365 same directory are sorted in. Therefore don't test for
6366 the second path reaching the end. */
6368 else if (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
6371 /* Character of current path component the same? */
6377 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
6378 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
6379 slowdowns with many input files. */
6381 output_file_names ()
6383 struct file_info *files;
6384 struct dir_info *dirs;
6393 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
6394 files = (struct file_info *) alloca (file_table.in_use
6395 * sizeof (struct file_info));
6396 dirs = (struct dir_info *) alloca (file_table.in_use
6397 * sizeof (struct dir_info));
6399 /* Sort the file names. */
6400 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6404 /* Skip all leading "./". */
6405 f = file_table.table[i];
6406 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
6409 /* Create a new array entry. */
6411 files[i].length = strlen (f);
6412 files[i].file_idx = i;
6414 /* Search for the file name part. */
6415 f = strrchr (f, '/');
6416 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
6418 qsort (files + 1, file_table.in_use - 1, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
6420 /* Find all the different directories used. */
6421 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
6422 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
6423 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
6425 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
6427 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
6430 for (i = 2; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6431 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
6432 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
6433 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
6435 /* Same directory as last entry. */
6436 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
6437 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
6443 /* This is a new directory. */
6444 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
6445 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
6446 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
6447 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
6448 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
6449 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
6451 /* Search for a prefix. */
6452 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
6453 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; ++j)
6454 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
6455 && dirs[j].length > 1
6456 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
6457 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
6458 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
6459 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
6464 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the
6465 directories which allow expressing the file name using references
6466 to the directory table with the least amount of characters. We
6467 do not do an exhaustive search where we would have to check out
6468 every combination of every single possible prefix. Instead we
6469 use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal results in most
6470 cases and never is much off. */
6471 saved = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
6472 savehere = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
6474 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
6475 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; ++i)
6480 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But
6481 this does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the
6483 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
6484 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
6486 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; ++j)
6490 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
6492 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
6497 while (k != -1 && k != i)
6502 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
6503 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
6505 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
6506 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
6511 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
6513 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
6515 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
6516 for (j = i; j < ndirs; ++j)
6517 if (savehere[j] > 0)
6519 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
6520 saved[j] = savehere[j];
6522 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
6523 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
6528 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table
6529 array since the index is used in the debug info generation. To
6530 do this efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices
6532 backmap = (int *) alloca (file_table.in_use * sizeof (int));
6533 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6535 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
6536 /* Mark this directory as used. */
6537 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
6540 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First the
6541 directory name table. Here we have to make sure that the first
6542 actually emitted directory name has the index one. Zero is
6543 reserved for the current working directory. Make sure we do not
6544 confuse these indices with the one for the constructed table
6545 (even though most of the time they are identical). */
6547 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
6548 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; ++i)
6549 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
6551 dirs[i].used = idx++;
6552 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
6553 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
6555 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
6557 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
6559 if (idx_offset == 0)
6562 /* Now write all the file names. */
6563 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6565 int file_idx = backmap[i];
6566 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
6568 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
6569 "File Entry: 0x%x", i);
6571 /* Include directory index. */
6572 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
6574 /* Modification time. */
6575 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
6577 /* File length in bytes. */
6578 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
6580 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
6584 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
6585 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
6590 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
6591 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6592 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6593 register unsigned opc;
6594 register unsigned n_op_args;
6595 register unsigned long lt_index;
6596 register unsigned long current_line;
6597 register long line_offset;
6598 register long line_delta;
6599 register unsigned long current_file;
6600 register unsigned long function;
6602 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
6603 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
6604 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
6605 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
6607 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
6608 "Length of Source Line Info");
6609 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
6611 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6613 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
6614 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
6616 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH,
6617 "Minimum Instruction Length");
6619 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
6620 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
6622 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
6623 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
6625 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
6626 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
6628 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
6629 "Special Opcode Base");
6631 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; ++opc)
6635 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
6636 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
6637 case DW_LNS_set_file:
6638 case DW_LNS_set_column:
6639 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
6647 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
6651 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
6652 output_file_names ();
6653 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
6655 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
6656 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
6657 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
6659 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
6660 a series of state machine operations. */
6663 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
6664 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
6666 register dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
6669 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
6670 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
6673 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
6674 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
6675 that anything after the last address is this line. */
6676 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
6677 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
6681 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
6683 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
6684 use the most general form. Gcc does not know the address delta
6685 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
6686 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
6687 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
6688 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
6690 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
6693 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
6694 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
6695 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6696 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
6700 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
6701 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
6702 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6703 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
6704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
6705 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
6707 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
6709 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
6710 different from the previous line. */
6711 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
6713 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
6714 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
6715 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
6716 file_table.table[current_file]);
6719 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
6720 that uses the least amount of space. */
6721 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
6723 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
6724 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
6725 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
6726 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
6728 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
6729 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
6731 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
6732 "line %lu", current_line);
6736 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
6737 depending on the value being encoded. */
6738 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
6739 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
6740 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
6741 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
6746 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
6747 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
6751 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
6754 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
6755 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6756 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
6760 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6761 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
6762 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
6763 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
6766 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
6767 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
6768 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
6773 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
6775 register dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
6776 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
6779 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
6780 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
6781 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
6782 && line_info->function == function)
6786 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
6787 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
6788 to handle it differently. */
6789 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
6791 if (function != line_info->function)
6793 function = line_info->function;
6795 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
6796 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6797 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
6798 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
6799 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
6803 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
6806 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
6807 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6808 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
6812 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6813 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
6814 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
6815 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
6818 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
6820 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
6821 different from the previous line. */
6822 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
6824 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
6825 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
6826 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
6827 file_table.table[current_file]);
6830 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
6831 that uses the least amount of space. */
6832 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
6834 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
6835 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
6836 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
6837 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
6838 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
6839 "line %lu", current_line);
6842 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
6843 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
6844 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
6845 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
6849 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
6856 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
6857 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
6858 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
6863 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
6864 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
6867 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
6868 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6869 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
6873 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6874 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
6875 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
6876 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
6879 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
6880 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
6881 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
6882 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
6886 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
6887 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
6890 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
6891 a DIE that describes the given type.
6893 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
6894 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
6897 base_type_die (type)
6900 register dw_die_ref base_type_result;
6901 register const char *type_name;
6902 register enum dwarf_type encoding;
6903 register tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
6905 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK
6906 || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
6911 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
6912 name = DECL_NAME (name);
6914 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
6917 type_name = "__unknown__";
6919 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
6922 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
6923 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
6924 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
6926 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
6927 && (type == char_type_node
6928 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
6929 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
6931 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
6932 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
6934 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
6937 /* else fall through. */
6940 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
6941 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
6942 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
6944 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
6948 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
6951 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
6952 a user defined type for it. */
6954 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
6955 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
6957 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
6961 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
6962 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
6966 abort (); /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
6969 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die);
6970 if (demangle_name_func)
6971 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
6973 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
6974 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
6975 int_size_in_bytes (type));
6976 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
6978 return base_type_result;
6981 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
6982 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
6983 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
6984 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
6985 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
6986 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
6987 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
6988 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
6994 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
6995 return error_mark_node;
6997 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7000 return error_mark_node;
7003 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7004 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7007 return type_main_variant (type);
7011 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return non-zero if the
7012 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7018 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7033 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7038 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7052 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7053 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7056 modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type, context_die)
7058 register int is_const_type;
7059 register int is_volatile_type;
7060 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7062 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
7063 register dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
7064 register dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
7065 register tree item_type = NULL;
7067 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
7069 tree qualified_type;
7071 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7074 = get_qualified_type (type,
7075 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
7077 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
7078 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7081 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7083 return mod_type_die;
7086 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7087 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
7088 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
7089 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
7091 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
7092 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
7093 if (qualified_type == dtype)
7095 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7096 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
7097 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7100 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
7101 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
7102 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7103 type to which it refers. */
7105 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
7106 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
7108 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7114 else if (is_const_type)
7116 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die);
7117 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
7119 else if (is_volatile_type)
7121 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die);
7122 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
7124 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
7126 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die);
7127 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
7129 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7131 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7133 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
7135 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die);
7136 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
7138 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7140 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7142 else if (is_base_type (type))
7143 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
7146 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
7148 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7149 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7150 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7151 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7152 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7154 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
7155 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
7159 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7161 type = qualified_type;
7164 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
7166 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7167 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
7168 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
7169 types are possible in Ada. */
7170 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
7171 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
7172 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
7175 if (sub_die != NULL)
7176 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
7178 return mod_type_die;
7181 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7182 an enumerated type. */
7188 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
7191 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7197 register unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
7199 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7201 warning ("internal regno botch: regno = %d\n", regno);
7205 regno = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
7209 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register. */
7211 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7212 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl)
7215 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
7216 register unsigned reg = reg_number (rtl);
7219 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + reg, 0, 0);
7221 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, reg, 0);
7226 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
7228 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7229 int_loc_descriptor (i)
7232 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
7234 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
7235 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
7239 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
7242 else if (i <= 0xffff)
7244 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
7254 else if (i >= -0x8000)
7256 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
7257 || i >= -0x80000000)
7263 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
7266 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
7268 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7269 based_loc_descr (reg, offset)
7273 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
7274 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
7275 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
7277 register unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
7278 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7279 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
7282 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
7284 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
7286 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
7291 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
7297 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
7298 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
7299 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
7302 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
7303 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
7304 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
7305 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
7307 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
7308 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
7309 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
7310 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
7312 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
7313 autoincrement addressing modes. */
7315 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7316 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode)
7318 enum machine_mode mode;
7320 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
7321 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
7322 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
7323 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
7324 zeroth element of the array. */
7326 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
7327 rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
7330 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7335 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
7336 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
7341 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7342 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7343 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7344 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7345 contains the given subreg. */
7346 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
7351 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
7352 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
7353 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
7354 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
7355 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
7356 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
7357 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
7358 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
7359 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
7360 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
7361 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
7362 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
7363 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
7364 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0);
7368 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
7369 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
7373 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
7374 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
7378 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool can be referenced
7379 by a different symbol. */
7380 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
7381 && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
7383 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant (rtl);
7384 /* Doesn't work for floating point constants. */
7385 if (! (GET_CODE (tmp) == CONST_DOUBLE && GET_MODE (tmp) != VOIDmode))
7390 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
7391 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7392 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = save_rtx (rtl);
7396 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
7397 PLUS code bellow. */
7398 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
7403 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
7405 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
7406 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
7407 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
7408 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
7414 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
7415 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
7416 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
7419 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
7421 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
7422 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
7424 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7425 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
7426 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
7430 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7431 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
7432 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7433 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7439 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
7440 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
7441 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7442 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode));
7443 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7444 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
7445 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
7449 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
7456 return mem_loc_result;
7459 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
7460 This is typically a complex variable. */
7462 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7463 concat_loc_descriptor (x0, x1)
7464 register rtx x0, x1;
7466 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
7468 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x0)
7469 && (GET_CODE (x0) != MEM || !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x0, 0))))
7470 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, loc_descriptor (x0));
7471 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
7472 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
7474 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x1)
7475 && (GET_CODE (x1) != MEM || !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x1, 0))))
7476 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, loc_descriptor (x1));
7477 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
7478 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
7480 return cc_loc_result;
7483 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
7484 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
7485 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
7486 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
7487 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack. */
7489 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7490 loc_descriptor (rtl)
7493 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
7494 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7497 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7498 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7499 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7500 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7501 contains the given subreg. */
7502 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
7507 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
7511 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
7515 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
7525 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl.
7526 This comes up particularly with variable length arrays. */
7528 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7529 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc, addressp)
7533 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL;
7534 int indirect_size = 0;
7535 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
7536 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
7538 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
7539 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
7542 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
7547 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR:
7548 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
7549 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
7550 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
7551 the names of types. */
7557 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
7558 enum machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (loc);
7560 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
7562 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
7564 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
7565 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7566 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
7567 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
7571 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
7573 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
7574 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
7576 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
7582 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7583 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (loc)));
7588 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
7590 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp);
7597 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
7598 enum machine_mode mode;
7600 unsigned int alignment;
7602 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
7603 &unsignedp, &volatilep, &alignment);
7604 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
7606 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
7608 /* Variable offset. */
7609 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
7610 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7615 /* We cannot address anything not on a unit boundary. */
7616 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
7621 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0
7622 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
7624 /* ??? We could handle this by loading and shifting etc.
7625 Wait until someone needs it before expending the effort. */
7629 indirect_size = bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT;
7632 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
7634 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
7635 else if (bytepos < 0)
7637 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
7638 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7644 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
7645 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
7657 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
7663 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
7673 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
7676 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
7677 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
7679 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7680 add_loc_descr (&ret,
7681 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
7682 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
7690 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7695 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7700 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7705 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7717 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7718 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
7719 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
7733 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7734 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
7738 loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
7739 build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
7740 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
7741 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
7746 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
7748 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7749 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
7750 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
7752 tmp = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
7753 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
7754 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
7755 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
7757 tmp = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
7758 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
7759 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7760 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
7762 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
7763 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
7764 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
7765 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7766 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
7774 /* If we can't fill the request for an address, die. */
7775 if (addressp && indirect_size == 0)
7778 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
7779 if (!addressp && indirect_size > 0)
7781 if (indirect_size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
7783 if (indirect_size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
7786 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
7787 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, indirect_size, 0));
7793 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
7794 which is not less than the value itself. */
7796 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
7797 ceiling (value, boundary)
7798 HOST_WIDE_INT value;
7799 unsigned int boundary;
7801 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
7804 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
7805 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
7806 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
7815 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
7816 return integer_type_node;
7818 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
7819 if (type == NULL_TREE)
7820 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
7825 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
7826 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
7827 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
7829 static inline unsigned
7830 simple_type_align_in_bits (type)
7833 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
7836 static inline unsigned
7837 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl)
7840 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
7843 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7844 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7845 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7846 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7849 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7850 simple_type_size_in_bits (type)
7853 tree type_size_tree;
7855 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7856 return BITS_PER_WORD;
7857 type_size_tree = TYPE_SIZE (type);
7859 if (type_size_tree == NULL_TREE)
7861 if (! host_integerp (type_size_tree, 1))
7862 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
7863 return tree_low_cst (type_size_tree, 1);
7866 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, compute and
7867 return the byte offset of the lowest addressed byte of the "containing
7868 object" for the given FIELD_DECL, or return 0 if we are unable to
7869 determine what that offset is, either because the argument turns out to
7870 be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or because the offset is actually
7871 variable. (We can't handle the latter case just yet). */
7873 static HOST_WIDE_INT
7874 field_byte_offset (decl)
7877 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
7878 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
7879 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
7880 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
7881 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes;
7883 tree field_size_tree;
7884 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
7885 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
7886 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
7888 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
7891 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
7894 type = field_type (decl);
7895 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
7897 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
7898 a flexible array member. */
7899 if (! field_size_tree)
7900 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
7902 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
7903 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
7904 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
7905 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
7908 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
7910 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
7911 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
7912 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
7914 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
7916 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
7917 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
7918 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
7920 /* Note that the GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of
7921 the starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
7922 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-
7923 field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the start of the
7924 "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce this information on
7925 our own. This can be rather tricky to do in some cases. For example,
7926 handling the following structure type definition when compiling for an
7927 i386/i486 target (which only aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries)
7930 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
7932 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be
7933 used in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate
7934 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon
7935 one simple rule for bit-field allocation. Quite simply, GCC allocates
7936 each "containing object" for each bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest
7937 addressed) legitimate alignment boundary (based upon the required
7938 minimum alignment for the declared type of the field) which it can
7939 possibly use, subject to the condition that there is still enough
7940 available space remaining in the containing object (when allocated at
7941 the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the bits of the
7942 bit-field itself. This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates
7943 8 bytes for each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
7944 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the
7945 compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each
7946 successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to
7947 allocate that 64- bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and
7948 previously unallocated) bits remain within that selected 64 bit field.
7949 (As it turns out, for the example above, the compiler finds that it is
7950 OK to allocate the "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero
7951 within the structure type.) Here we attempt to work backwards from the
7952 limited set of facts we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts,
7953 where GCC must have believed that the containing object started (within
7954 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the callers of
7955 this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes
7956 for fields (both bit-fields and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular
7959 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
7960 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
7961 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
7963 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
7964 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
7965 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
7967 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
7968 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
7969 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
7970 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
7972 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
7974 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
7975 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
7977 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
7978 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
7979 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
7980 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
7983 object_offset_in_bytes = object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
7985 return object_offset_in_bytes;
7988 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
7989 associated with them. */
7991 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
7993 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
7994 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
7995 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
7998 add_AT_location_description (die, attr_kind, rtl)
8000 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
8003 /* Handle a special case. If we are about to output a location descriptor
8004 for a variable or parameter which has been optimized out of existence,
8005 don't do that. A variable which has been optimized out
8006 of existence will have a DECL_RTL value which denotes a pseudo-reg.
8007 Currently, in some rare cases, variables can have DECL_RTL values which
8008 look like (MEM (REG pseudo-reg#)). These cases are due to bugs
8009 elsewhere in the compiler. We treat such cases as if the variable(s) in
8010 question had been optimized out of existence. */
8012 if (is_pseudo_reg (rtl)
8013 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
8014 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
8015 /* This can happen for a PARM_DECL with a DECL_INCOMING_RTL which
8016 references the internal argument pointer (a pseudo) in a function
8017 where all references to the internal argument pointer were
8018 eliminated via the optimizers. */
8019 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
8020 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == PLUS
8021 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0)))
8022 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONCAT
8023 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8024 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 1))))
8027 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc_descriptor (rtl));
8030 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data
8031 members of struct and union types. In the special case of a
8032 FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, the "offset" part
8033 of this special location descriptor must indicate the distance
8034 in bytes from the lowest-addressed byte of the containing struct
8035 or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of the "containing
8036 object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset' function
8037 above).. For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a
8038 hypothetical object (of some integral or enum type) within which
8039 the given bit-field lives. The type of this hypothetical
8040 "containing object" is always the same as the declared type of
8041 the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the DWARF
8042 spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size
8043 (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will
8044 be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
8045 (See the `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used
8046 when calculating the value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute.
8047 (See the `bit_offset_attribute' function below). */
8050 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, decl)
8051 register dw_die_ref die;
8054 register unsigned long offset;
8055 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr;
8056 register enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8058 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
8059 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
8061 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
8063 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure address
8064 is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field address
8065 by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
8067 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8068 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst operator
8069 correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the stack. */
8072 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
8075 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
8076 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
8079 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
8080 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
8081 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
8082 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
8083 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
8086 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)
8087 register dw_die_ref die;
8090 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8093 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
8094 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
8095 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
8096 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
8097 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
8099 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
8101 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8104 if ((long) val != val)
8106 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, (long) val);
8110 if ((unsigned long) val != (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val)
8112 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned long) val);
8118 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
8119 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
8120 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
8121 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
8123 register enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8125 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
8127 register unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
8128 long *array = (long *) xmalloc (sizeof (long) * length);
8131 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
8135 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, array[0]);
8139 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, array);
8144 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv, array);
8151 add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
8155 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8156 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
8158 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
8159 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
8165 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
8171 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, save_rtx (rtl));
8175 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
8176 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
8177 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
8178 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
8179 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
8180 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
8181 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
8182 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
8183 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
8184 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
8185 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
8189 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
8196 rtl_for_decl_location (decl)
8201 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
8202 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
8203 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
8205 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
8206 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
8207 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
8208 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
8209 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
8210 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
8211 referenced within the function.
8213 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
8214 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
8215 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
8216 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
8218 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
8219 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
8220 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
8221 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
8222 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
8223 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
8225 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
8226 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
8227 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
8228 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
8229 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
8230 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
8231 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
8232 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
8233 output at debug-time.
8235 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
8236 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
8237 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
8238 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8239 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8240 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
8241 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
8242 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
8243 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
8244 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
8245 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
8246 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
8247 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
8249 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
8250 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between
8251 the end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that
8252 as best as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is
8253 modified sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack
8254 backtrace (at debug-time) will show the function as having been
8255 called with the *new* value rather than the value which was
8256 originally passed in. This happens rarely enough that it is not
8257 a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and I'd like to fix it.
8259 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional
8260 attributes for any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will
8261 describe the "passed type" and the "passed location" for the
8262 given formal parameter in addition to the attributes we now
8263 generate to indicate the "declared type" and the "active
8264 location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
8265 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note
8266 that sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be
8267 NULL also. This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of
8268 inline function formal parameters which are never referenced.
8269 This really shouldn't be happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should
8270 get valid non-NULL DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c
8271 doesn't currently generate these values for inlined instances of
8272 inline function parameters, so when we see such cases, we are
8273 just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
8276 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
8277 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
8279 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
8281 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
8283 tree declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
8284 tree passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
8286 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
8287 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
8288 all* cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
8289 if (declared_type == passed_type)
8290 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
8291 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8292 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
8293 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
8294 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
8295 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
8298 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
8299 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
8300 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
8301 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
8302 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
8303 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
8305 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
8306 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
8307 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8308 /* Not passed in memory. */
8309 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
8310 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
8311 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
8312 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8313 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
8314 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8315 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
8318 /* Big endian correction check. */
8320 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
8321 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
8324 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
8325 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
8326 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
8327 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
8331 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
8333 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
8334 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8335 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8336 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
8343 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
8344 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
8345 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
8346 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
8347 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
8348 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
8349 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
8350 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
8351 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
8352 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
8355 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die, decl)
8356 register dw_die_ref die;
8361 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8364 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
8367 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
8368 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8371 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8374 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away; don't emit
8385 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
8386 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
8393 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, rtl);
8401 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
8402 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
8403 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
8406 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl)
8410 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
8411 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8413 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
8414 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
8419 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8422 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
8423 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
8424 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
8426 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
8427 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
8428 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
8435 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
8436 the value of the attribute. */
8439 add_name_attribute (die, name_string)
8440 register dw_die_ref die;
8441 register const char *name_string;
8443 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
8445 if (demangle_name_func)
8446 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
8448 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
8452 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
8453 a representation for that bound. */
8456 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound)
8457 register dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8458 register enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr;
8459 register tree bound;
8461 /* If this is an Ada unconstrained array type, then don't emit any debug
8462 info because the array bounds are unknown. They are parameterized when
8463 the type is instantiated. */
8464 if (contains_placeholder_p (bound))
8467 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
8472 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
8474 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
8475 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
8476 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
8477 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
8478 /* use the default */
8481 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
8486 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8487 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
8491 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
8492 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
8493 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
8494 points in the generated code right after they have just been
8495 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
8496 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
8497 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
8498 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
8499 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
8500 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
8501 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
8502 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
8503 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
8504 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
8505 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in a array
8506 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
8507 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
8508 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
8510 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
8511 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
8512 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
8513 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
8514 && (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
8516 register dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
8517 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx);
8518 register rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
8520 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
8521 it references an outer function's frame. */
8523 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
8525 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
8527 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
8528 loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
8531 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8532 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
8533 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
8534 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8537 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
8543 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
8545 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
8546 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
8547 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
8548 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
8550 if (decl_die != NULL)
8551 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8557 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
8558 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
8560 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
8561 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8563 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
8567 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
8569 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx);
8570 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8571 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
8572 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
8574 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8580 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
8581 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
8584 add_subscript_info (type_die, type)
8585 register dw_die_ref type_die;
8588 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8589 register unsigned dimension_number;
8591 register tree lower, upper;
8592 register dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8594 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
8595 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
8596 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
8597 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
8598 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
8599 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
8600 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
8601 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
8603 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
8604 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
8605 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
8606 gen_array_type_die. */
8607 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8608 for (dimension_number = 0;
8609 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
8610 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
8613 register tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
8615 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
8616 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
8618 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die);
8621 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
8622 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
8623 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
8625 /* define the index type. */
8626 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
8628 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
8629 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
8630 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
8631 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
8632 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
8633 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
8634 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
8637 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
8641 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
8642 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
8644 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
8645 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
8646 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
8648 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
8650 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
8653 /* We have an array type with an unspecified length. The DWARF-2
8654 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
8658 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8664 add_byte_size_attribute (die, tree_node)
8666 register tree tree_node;
8668 register unsigned size;
8670 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
8678 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8679 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
8682 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
8683 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
8684 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
8685 even for bit-fields. */
8686 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8692 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
8693 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
8694 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
8695 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
8697 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
8700 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
8701 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
8702 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
8705 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical
8706 object (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field
8707 lives. The type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the
8708 same as the declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The
8709 determination of the exact location of the "containing object" for a
8710 bit-field is rather complicated. It's handled by the
8711 `field_byte_offset' function (above).
8713 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
8714 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
8715 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
8718 add_bit_offset_attribute (die, decl)
8719 register dw_die_ref die;
8722 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
8723 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8724 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8725 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
8726 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
8727 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
8729 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
8731 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8734 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
8735 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
8736 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
8737 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
8738 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
8741 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8743 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
8744 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
8745 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
8746 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
8747 below must take account of these differences. */
8748 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
8749 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
8751 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
8753 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
8754 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
8758 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8759 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
8760 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
8762 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
8765 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
8766 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
8769 add_bit_size_attribute (die, decl)
8770 register dw_die_ref die;
8773 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
8774 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
8775 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
8778 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
8779 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
8782 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
8783 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
8786 add_prototyped_attribute (die, func_type)
8787 register dw_die_ref die;
8788 register tree func_type;
8790 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
8791 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
8792 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
8795 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
8796 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
8800 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die, origin)
8801 register dw_die_ref die;
8802 register tree origin;
8804 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
8806 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
8808 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
8809 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
8810 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
8812 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
8813 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
8816 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
8817 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
8819 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
8822 if (DECL_P (origin))
8823 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
8824 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
8825 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
8827 if (origin_die == NULL)
8830 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
8833 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
8836 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die, func_decl)
8837 register dw_die_ref die;
8838 register tree func_decl;
8840 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
8842 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
8844 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
8845 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
8846 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
8847 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
8850 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
8851 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
8852 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
8853 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
8857 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
8860 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
8861 register dw_die_ref die;
8864 register unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
8866 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
8867 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
8870 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
8871 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
8874 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
8875 register dw_die_ref die;
8878 register tree decl_name;
8880 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
8881 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
8883 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
8884 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
8885 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
8887 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
8888 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
8889 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
8890 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
8891 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
8892 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
8896 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
8899 push_decl_scope (scope)
8902 /* Make room in the decl_scope_table, if necessary. */
8903 if (decl_scope_table_allocated == decl_scope_depth)
8905 decl_scope_table_allocated += DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
8907 = (tree *) xrealloc (decl_scope_table,
8908 decl_scope_table_allocated * sizeof (tree));
8911 decl_scope_table[decl_scope_depth] = scope;
8915 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
8919 if (decl_scope_depth <= 0)
8924 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
8925 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
8926 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
8927 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
8928 the current active scope. */
8931 scope_die_for (t, context_die)
8933 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8935 register dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
8936 register tree containing_scope;
8939 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
8943 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
8945 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
8946 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
8947 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
8949 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
8950 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
8951 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
8952 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
8953 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
8955 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
8956 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
8957 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
8959 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
8960 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
8961 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
8963 for (i = decl_scope_depth - 1; i >= 0; --i)
8964 if (decl_scope_table[i] == containing_scope)
8969 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
8970 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
8973 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
8974 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
8977 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
8980 scope_die = context_die;
8985 /* Returns nonzero iff CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
8987 static inline int local_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
8989 local_scope_p (context_die)
8990 dw_die_ref context_die;
8992 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
8993 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
8994 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8999 /* Returns nonzero iff CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
9001 static inline int class_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
9003 class_scope_p (context_die)
9004 dw_die_ref context_die;
9007 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9008 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
9011 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
9012 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
9013 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
9016 add_type_attribute (object_die, type, decl_const, decl_volatile, context_die)
9017 register dw_die_ref object_die;
9019 register int decl_const;
9020 register int decl_volatile;
9021 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9023 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
9024 register dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
9026 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
9027 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
9028 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
9029 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
9030 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
9031 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
9032 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
9034 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
9037 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
9038 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
9039 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
9040 if (code == VOID_TYPE)
9043 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
9044 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
9045 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
9047 if (type_die != NULL)
9048 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
9051 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
9052 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
9053 was declared without a tag. */
9059 register const char *name = 0;
9061 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
9063 register tree t = 0;
9065 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
9066 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
9067 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
9069 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
9070 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
9072 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
9073 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
9074 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
9076 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
9078 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
9081 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
9084 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
9085 for bit field types. */
9088 member_declared_type (member)
9089 register tree member;
9091 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
9092 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
9093 : TREE_TYPE (member));
9096 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9097 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9101 decl_start_label (decl)
9106 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
9107 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
9111 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
9114 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
9119 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
9120 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
9121 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
9124 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die)
9126 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9128 register dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
9129 register dw_die_ref array_die;
9130 register tree element_type;
9132 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
9133 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
9134 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
9135 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9136 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9139 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die);
9142 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
9143 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
9144 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
9145 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
9146 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
9147 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
9148 for multidimensional arrays. */
9149 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
9152 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9153 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
9154 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
9155 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
9156 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9159 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
9161 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
9162 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
9164 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
9165 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9167 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9168 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9169 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9170 add_subscript_info. */
9171 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9172 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9173 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
9175 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
9178 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
9182 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die)
9184 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9186 register dw_die_ref type_die
9187 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
9189 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
9190 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
9195 gen_entry_point_die (decl, context_die)
9197 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9199 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9200 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die);
9202 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
9205 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
9206 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9210 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9211 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
9213 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
9217 /* Remember a type in the incomplete_types_list. */
9220 add_incomplete_type (type)
9223 if (incomplete_types == incomplete_types_allocated)
9225 incomplete_types_allocated += INCOMPLETE_TYPES_INCREMENT;
9226 incomplete_types_list
9227 = (tree *) xrealloc (incomplete_types_list,
9228 sizeof (tree) * incomplete_types_allocated);
9231 incomplete_types_list[incomplete_types++] = type;
9234 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
9235 emit full debugging info for them. */
9238 retry_incomplete_types ()
9242 while (incomplete_types)
9245 type = incomplete_types_list[incomplete_types];
9246 gen_type_die (type, comp_unit_die);
9250 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
9253 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
9255 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9257 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
9259 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9260 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9261 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9264 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
9267 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die)
9269 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9271 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die);
9273 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9274 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9275 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9278 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
9281 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die)
9283 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9285 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die);
9287 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9288 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9289 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9292 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
9293 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
9294 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
9298 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
9300 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9302 register dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
9304 if (type_die == NULL)
9306 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
9307 scope_die_for (type, context_die));
9308 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
9309 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
9311 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
9314 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
9316 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
9317 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
9318 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
9319 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
9323 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
9324 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
9325 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
9326 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
9328 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
9329 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
9330 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
9331 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
9333 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
9334 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
9336 register dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die);
9338 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
9339 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
9341 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link), 0))
9343 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link)) < 0)
9344 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9345 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
9347 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9348 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
9353 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9356 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
9357 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
9360 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
9361 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
9362 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
9363 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
9364 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
9365 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
9366 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
9367 argument type of some subprogram type. */
9370 gen_formal_parameter_die (node, context_die)
9372 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9374 register dw_die_ref parm_die
9375 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die);
9376 register tree origin;
9378 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
9381 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
9383 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
9386 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
9387 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
9388 TREE_READONLY (node),
9389 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
9391 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
9392 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9395 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
9396 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
9397 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
9402 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
9403 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
9413 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
9414 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
9417 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type, context_die)
9418 register tree decl_or_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
9419 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9421 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die);
9424 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
9425 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
9426 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
9427 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
9430 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type, context_die)
9431 register tree function_or_method_type;
9432 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9435 register tree formal_type = NULL;
9436 register tree first_parm_type;
9439 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
9441 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
9442 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
9447 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
9449 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
9450 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
9451 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
9453 register dw_die_ref parm_die;
9455 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
9456 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
9459 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
9460 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
9461 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
9462 && link == first_parm_type)
9463 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
9464 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9466 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
9468 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
9471 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
9472 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
9473 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
9474 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
9476 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
9477 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
9478 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
9480 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
9482 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
9483 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
9486 gen_type_die (formal_type, context_die);
9490 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
9491 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
9492 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
9493 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
9494 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
9497 gen_type_die_for_member (type, member, context_die)
9499 dw_die_ref context_die;
9501 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
9503 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
9504 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
9505 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
9506 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
9508 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
9511 push_decl_scope (type);
9512 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
9513 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
9515 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
9520 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance
9521 of a function which we may later generate inlined and/or
9522 out-of-line instances of. */
9525 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl)
9528 register dw_die_ref old_die;
9531 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
9533 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
9534 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
9536 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9537 if (old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
9538 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
9541 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
9542 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
9543 context = decl_class_context (decl);
9545 gen_type_die_for_member
9546 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
9548 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
9549 save_fn = current_function_decl;
9550 current_function_decl = decl;
9552 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
9553 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
9555 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
9557 current_function_decl = save_fn;
9560 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
9564 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die)
9566 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9568 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9569 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9570 register dw_die_ref subr_die;
9571 register rtx fp_reg;
9572 register tree fn_arg_types;
9573 register tree outer_scope;
9574 register dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9575 register int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
9576 || class_scope_p (context_die));
9578 /* Note that it is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and `declaration'
9579 be true, if we started to generate the abstract instance of an inline,
9580 decided to output its containing class, and proceeded to emit the
9581 declaration of the inline from the member list for the class. In that
9582 case, `declaration' takes priority; we'll get back to the abstract
9583 instance when we're done with the class. */
9585 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
9586 if (origin && declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
9595 if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
9598 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
9600 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
9601 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
9603 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9604 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
9608 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
9610 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
9611 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
9612 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
9613 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
9614 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
9616 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
9617 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
9618 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
9619 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
9620 we got here because of a input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
9626 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
9627 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
9628 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
9629 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
9630 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
9631 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
9632 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
9633 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
9634 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
9635 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
9636 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
9637 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
9641 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
9642 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
9643 remove_children (subr_die);
9647 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9648 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
9649 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
9650 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
9651 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
9652 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
9654 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
9659 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9661 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
9662 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
9664 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
9665 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9667 register tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9669 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
9670 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
9673 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
9674 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
9675 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9676 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
9677 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
9678 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
9679 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
9684 if (!(old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline)))
9686 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9688 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
9689 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
9690 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
9691 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
9692 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9693 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9696 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9698 if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && !flag_no_inline)
9700 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
9701 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
9702 We can't get this completely correct because information
9703 about whether the function was declared inline is not
9705 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl))
9706 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
9708 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
9711 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
9713 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9715 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
9717 if (!(old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline)))
9718 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9720 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
9721 current_funcdef_number);
9722 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
9723 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
9724 current_funcdef_number);
9725 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
9727 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
9728 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
9730 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9731 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
9732 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
9735 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
9736 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
9737 variables is relative to one of them. */
9739 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
9740 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
9743 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
9744 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
9745 if (current_function_needs_context)
9746 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
9747 lookup_static_chain (decl));
9751 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
9752 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
9753 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
9754 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
9755 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
9756 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
9757 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
9758 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
9759 an ellipsis at the end. */
9761 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
9762 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
9763 its formal parameters. */
9764 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9766 else if (declaration)
9767 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
9770 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
9771 register tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
9774 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
9775 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
9776 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
9777 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
9779 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
9780 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
9781 "__builtin_va_alist"))
9782 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
9784 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
9787 /* Decide whether we need a unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
9788 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
9789 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
9790 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
9791 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
9792 parameters at all. */
9793 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
9794 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
9796 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
9797 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
9798 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
9800 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
9801 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
9804 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
9805 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
9806 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9808 /* Note that here, `outer_scope' is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK
9809 node created to represent a function. This outermost BLOCK actually
9810 represents the outermost binding contour for the function, i.e. the
9811 contour in which the function's formal parameters and labels get
9812 declared. Curiously, it appears that the front end doesn't actually
9813 put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto the BLOCK_VARS
9814 list for this outer scope. (They are strung off of the DECL_ARGUMENTS
9815 list for the function instead.) The BLOCK_VARS list for the
9816 `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of the LABEL_DECL nodes for
9817 the function however, and we output DWARF info for those in
9818 decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be a BLOCK
9819 node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces, and
9820 any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
9821 constructor function. */
9822 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
9824 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
9825 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
9827 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
9828 if (current_function_has_inlines)
9830 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
9831 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
9833 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
9834 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
9841 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
9844 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die)
9846 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9848 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9849 register dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die);
9851 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9852 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
9853 || class_scope_p (context_die));
9856 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
9857 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
9858 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag. */
9859 /* ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
9860 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
9862 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
9863 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
9865 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
9866 add_AT_die_ref (var_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
9867 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
9869 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
9871 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
9872 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
9874 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
9875 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
9877 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
9878 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
9883 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
9884 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl),
9885 TREE_READONLY (decl),
9886 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
9888 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
9889 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
9891 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
9892 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9894 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
9895 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
9897 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
9898 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
9902 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9904 if (class_scope_p (context_die) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9905 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
9907 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9909 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
9910 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
9913 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
9916 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
9919 gen_label_die (decl, context_die)
9921 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9923 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9924 register dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die);
9926 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9929 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
9931 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
9933 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9934 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
9937 insn = DECL_RTL (decl);
9939 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
9940 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
9941 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
9942 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
9943 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
9944 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL)))
9946 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
9947 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
9948 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
9949 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
9950 it if it ever does happen. */
9951 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
9954 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
9955 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
9960 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
9963 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
9965 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9968 register dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die);
9969 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9971 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
9973 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
9974 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
9975 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
9976 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
9977 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
9978 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
9981 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
9984 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
9987 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
9989 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9992 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
9994 register dw_die_ref subr_die
9995 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die);
9996 register tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
9997 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9999 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
10000 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
10002 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
10003 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
10004 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10005 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
10006 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
10007 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10008 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
10009 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
10010 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
10014 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
10017 gen_field_die (decl, context_die)
10018 register tree decl;
10019 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10021 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die);
10023 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10024 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
10025 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
10028 /* If this is a bit field... */
10029 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
10031 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10032 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10033 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10036 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
10037 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10039 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10040 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10042 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10043 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10045 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10046 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10050 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10051 Use modified_type_die instead.
10052 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10053 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10055 gen_pointer_type_die (type, context_die)
10056 register tree type;
10057 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10059 register dw_die_ref ptr_die
10060 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10062 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
10063 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10064 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
10067 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10068 Use modified_type_die instead.
10069 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10070 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10072 gen_reference_type_die (type, context_die)
10073 register tree type;
10074 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10076 register dw_die_ref ref_die
10077 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10079 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
10080 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10081 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
10085 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
10087 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die)
10088 register tree type;
10089 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10091 register dw_die_ref ptr_die
10092 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10094 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
10095 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10096 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
10097 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10100 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
10103 gen_compile_unit_die (filename)
10104 register const char *filename;
10106 register dw_die_ref die;
10107 char producer[250];
10108 const char *wd = getpwd ();
10111 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL);
10112 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
10114 if (wd != NULL && filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
10115 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10117 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
10119 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10120 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
10121 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
10122 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
10123 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
10124 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
10125 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
10126 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10127 strcat (producer, " -g");
10130 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
10132 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
10133 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
10134 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
10135 language = DW_LANG_Ada83;
10136 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
10137 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
10138 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
10139 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
10140 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
10141 language = DW_LANG_Java;
10142 else if (flag_traditional)
10143 language = DW_LANG_C;
10145 language = DW_LANG_C89;
10147 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
10152 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
10155 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die)
10156 register tree type;
10157 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10159 register dw_die_ref type_die
10160 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10162 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10164 /* Fudge the string length attribute for now. */
10166 /* TODO: add string length info.
10167 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
10168 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u'); */
10171 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
10174 gen_inheritance_die (binfo, context_die)
10175 register tree binfo;
10176 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10178 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die);
10180 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
10181 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
10183 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
10184 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10185 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo))
10186 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
10187 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo))
10188 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10191 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
10194 gen_member_die (type, context_die)
10195 register tree type;
10196 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10198 register tree member;
10201 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
10202 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
10203 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
10204 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
10205 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
10206 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type execpt
10207 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
10208 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
10209 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other
10210 (containing) type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type
10211 to point to the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing)
10214 /* First output info about the base classes. */
10215 if (TYPE_BINFO (type) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type))
10217 register tree bases = TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type);
10218 register int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
10221 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
10222 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i), context_die);
10225 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
10226 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
10228 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
10229 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
10230 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
10231 do put them in the right order. */
10233 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
10235 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
10237 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
10240 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
10241 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
10243 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
10244 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
10247 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
10249 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
10251 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
10255 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
10256 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
10257 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
10260 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die)
10261 register tree type;
10262 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10264 register dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10265 register dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
10266 register int nested = 0;
10267 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
10268 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
10269 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
10271 if (type_die && ! complete)
10274 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
10275 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
10278 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10280 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
10281 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
10283 register dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
10285 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
10286 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
10288 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10290 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
10292 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10295 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10297 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
10298 then give a list of members. */
10301 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
10302 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
10303 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10304 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10305 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10306 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10308 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10309 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10310 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10311 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
10313 push_decl_scope (type);
10314 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
10317 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
10318 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
10320 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
10322 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
10323 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10324 lookup_type_die (vtype));
10329 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10331 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
10332 if (! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
10333 add_incomplete_type (type);
10337 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
10340 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die)
10341 register tree type;
10342 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10344 register tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10345 register dw_die_ref subr_die
10346 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10348 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
10349 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
10350 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10351 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
10354 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
10357 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die)
10358 register tree decl;
10359 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10361 register dw_die_ref type_die;
10362 register tree origin;
10364 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10366 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
10368 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die);
10369 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10370 if (origin != NULL)
10371 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
10374 register tree type;
10375 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
10376 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
10378 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
10380 if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
10383 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
10386 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10387 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
10388 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
10391 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10392 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
10395 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
10398 gen_type_die (type, context_die)
10399 register tree type;
10400 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10404 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
10407 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
10408 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so get the
10409 main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type now. */
10410 type = type_main_variant (type);
10412 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
10415 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10416 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10418 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10419 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
10423 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10429 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
10430 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
10431 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
10432 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
10433 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
10435 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10437 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
10438 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
10439 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10443 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
10444 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
10445 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
10447 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
10448 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10450 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
10452 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
10456 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
10457 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
10461 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10462 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
10465 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
10466 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10467 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10468 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
10472 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10473 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10474 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
10478 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
10480 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10481 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
10484 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
10488 gen_type_die (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type), context_die);
10491 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10494 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10495 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been
10496 written out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too.
10497 This does not apply to instantiations of member class templates;
10498 they need to be added to the containing class as they are
10499 generated. FIXME: This hurts the idea of combining type decls
10500 from multiple TUs, since we can't predict what set of template
10501 instantiations we'll get. */
10502 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
10503 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
10504 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
10506 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
10508 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
10511 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
10512 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
10513 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
10519 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
10520 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
10522 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
10527 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
10528 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
10529 when appropriate. */
10538 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
10542 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
10549 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10552 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
10555 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type, context_die)
10556 register tree type;
10557 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10559 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
10562 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
10563 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
10564 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
10566 if (type != type_main_variant (type))
10569 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
10570 an instance of an unresolved type. */
10572 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10577 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10578 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
10582 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
10586 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10587 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
10595 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
10596 things which are local to the given block. */
10599 gen_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
10600 register tree stmt;
10601 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10604 register int must_output_die = 0;
10605 register tree origin;
10606 register tree decl;
10607 register enum tree_code origin_code;
10609 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
10611 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
10612 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
10615 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
10616 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
10617 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
10618 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
10619 the current block. */
10620 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
10621 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
10623 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
10625 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
10626 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
10627 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
10628 must_output_die = 1;
10631 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
10632 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
10633 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the
10634 whole inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function
10635 doesn't really represent a different scope according to ANSI C
10636 rules. So we check here to make sure that this block does not
10637 represent a "body block inlining" before trying to set the
10638 `must_output_die' flag. */
10639 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
10641 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
10642 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
10643 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10644 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
10645 as being a "significant" one. */
10646 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
10648 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
10649 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
10650 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
10651 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
10652 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
10653 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10655 must_output_die = 1;
10661 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
10662 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
10663 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
10664 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
10665 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
10666 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
10667 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
10668 if (must_output_die)
10670 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
10671 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
10673 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
10676 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
10679 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
10680 all of its sub-blocks. */
10683 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth)
10684 register tree stmt;
10685 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10688 register tree decl;
10689 register tree subblocks;
10691 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
10692 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
10695 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
10696 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
10697 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
10698 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
10699 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
10700 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
10702 register dw_die_ref die;
10704 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10705 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10706 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
10707 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
10711 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
10712 add_child_die (context_die, die);
10714 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
10717 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
10718 therein) of this block. */
10719 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
10721 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
10722 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
10725 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
10728 is_redundant_typedef (decl)
10729 register tree decl;
10731 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
10734 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
10735 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
10736 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
10737 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
10738 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
10739 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
10745 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
10748 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die)
10749 register tree decl;
10750 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10752 register tree origin;
10754 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10757 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. */
10758 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
10761 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
10764 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
10765 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
10768 case FUNCTION_DECL:
10769 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
10770 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
10771 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
10772 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
10775 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
10776 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
10777 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
10778 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
10779 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
10780 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
10781 && ! class_scope_p (context_die)
10782 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
10783 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
10784 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
10785 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
10787 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
10788 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
10790 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
10791 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10793 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
10794 have described its return type. */
10795 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
10797 /* And its virtual context. */
10798 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
10799 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
10801 /* And its containing type. */
10802 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
10803 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
10804 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
10807 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
10808 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
10812 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
10813 actual typedefs. */
10814 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10817 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the
10818 declaration of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as
10819 having been instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node
10820 (e.g. one which was generated within the original definition of an
10821 inline function) we have to generate a special (abbreviated)
10822 DW_TAG_structure_type, DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type
10824 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
10826 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
10830 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
10831 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
10833 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
10834 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
10838 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
10839 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
10843 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
10844 variable declarations or definitions. */
10845 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10848 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
10850 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
10852 /* And its containing type. */
10853 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
10854 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
10855 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
10857 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
10858 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
10859 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
10861 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10862 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
10863 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
10865 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
10869 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits, but
10870 handle C++ anonymous unions. */
10871 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
10872 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
10874 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
10875 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
10880 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
10881 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
10884 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
10885 /* Ignore for now. */
10893 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
10896 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename, context_list)
10897 const char *filename;
10898 const char *context_list;
10900 unsigned int file_index;
10902 if (filename != NULL)
10904 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die);
10905 tree context_list_decl
10906 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
10909 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
10910 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
10911 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
10912 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10913 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
10917 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
10920 dwarf2out_decl (decl)
10921 register tree decl;
10923 register dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
10925 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10928 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. */
10929 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
10932 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
10934 case FUNCTION_DECL:
10935 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
10936 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
10937 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
10938 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
10941 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
10942 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
10943 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
10944 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
10945 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
10946 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
10947 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
10948 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
10949 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
10950 with the definition of the function. Note that we can't just check
10951 `DECL_EXTERNAL' to find out which FUNCTION_DECL nodes represent
10952 definitions and which ones represent mere declarations. We have to
10953 check `DECL_INITIAL' instead. That's because the C front-end
10954 supports some weird semantics for "extern inline" function
10955 definitions. These can get inlined within the current translation
10956 unit (an thus, we need to generate DWARF info for their abstract
10957 instances so that the DWARF info for the concrete inlined instances
10958 can have something to refer to) but the compiler never generates any
10959 out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact that they
10960 *are* definitions). The important point is that the C front-end
10961 marks these "extern inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need
10962 to generate DWARF for them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also
10963 plays some similar games for inline function definitions appearing
10964 within include files which also contain
10965 `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
10966 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
10969 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
10970 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
10971 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
10972 if (decl_function_context (decl))
10973 context_die = NULL;
10978 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
10979 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
10980 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
10981 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
10982 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
10983 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
10984 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
10985 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
10986 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
10989 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
10990 variable declarations or definitions. */
10991 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10996 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
10997 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
11000 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
11001 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
11002 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
11004 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
11005 comparisons have. */
11006 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
11007 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
11008 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE)
11009 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
11014 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
11015 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11018 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
11019 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
11020 if (decl_function_context (decl))
11021 context_die = NULL;
11029 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
11032 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
11033 a lexical block. */
11036 dwarf2out_begin_block (blocknum)
11037 register unsigned blocknum;
11039 function_section (current_function_decl);
11040 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
11043 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
11047 dwarf2out_end_block (blocknum)
11048 register unsigned blocknum;
11050 function_section (current_function_decl);
11051 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
11054 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
11055 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
11057 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
11058 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
11059 we may end up calling them anyway. */
11062 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block)
11066 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11067 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
11068 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
11073 /* Lookup a filename (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
11074 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
11075 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename.
11076 We need such numbers for the sake of generating labels
11077 (in the .debug_sfnames section) and references to those
11078 files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo and.debug_macinfo sections).
11079 If the filename given as an argument is not found in our current list,
11080 add it to the list and assign it the next available unique index number.
11081 In order to speed up searches, we remember the index of the filename
11082 was looked up last. This handles the majority of all searches. */
11085 lookup_filename (file_name)
11086 const char *file_name;
11088 register unsigned i;
11090 /* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
11091 if (strcmp (file_name, "<internal>") == 0
11092 || strcmp (file_name, "<built-in>") == 0)
11095 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
11096 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
11097 if (file_table.last_lookup_index != 0)
11098 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table.table[file_table.last_lookup_index]) == 0)
11099 return file_table.last_lookup_index;
11101 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
11102 for (i = 1; i < file_table.in_use; ++i)
11103 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table.table[i]) == 0)
11105 file_table.last_lookup_index = i;
11109 /* Prepare to add a new table entry by making sure there is enough space in
11110 the table to do so. If not, expand the current table. */
11111 if (i == file_table.allocated)
11113 file_table.allocated = i + FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11114 file_table.table = (char **)
11115 xrealloc (file_table.table, file_table.allocated * sizeof (char *));
11118 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
11119 file_table.table[i] = xstrdup (file_name);
11120 file_table.in_use = i + 1;
11121 file_table.last_lookup_index = i;
11123 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11124 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u \"%s\"\n", i, file_name);
11132 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
11133 file_table.table = (char **) xcalloc (FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (char *));
11134 file_table.allocated = FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11136 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
11137 file_table.in_use = 1;
11138 file_table.last_lookup_index = 0;
11141 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
11142 and record information relating to this source line, in
11143 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
11146 dwarf2out_line (filename, line)
11147 register const char *filename;
11148 register unsigned line;
11150 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
11152 function_section (current_function_decl);
11154 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11156 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11158 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
11159 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
11161 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
11162 ++line_info_table_in_use;
11164 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
11165 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
11166 ++separate_line_info_table_in_use;
11168 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
11170 register dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
11171 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11172 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
11173 if (flag_debug_asm)
11174 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
11177 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
11178 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
11179 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
11181 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11182 separate_line_info_table
11183 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref)
11184 xrealloc (separate_line_info_table,
11185 separate_line_info_table_allocated
11186 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
11189 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11191 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
11192 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11193 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
11194 line_info->function = current_funcdef_number;
11198 register dw_line_info_ref line_info;
11200 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11201 line_info_table_in_use);
11202 if (flag_debug_asm)
11203 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
11206 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
11207 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
11209 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11211 = (dw_line_info_ref)
11212 xrealloc (line_info_table,
11213 (line_info_table_allocated
11214 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
11217 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11218 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
11219 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11220 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
11225 /* Record the beginning of a new source file, for later output
11226 of the .debug_macinfo section. At present, unimplemented. */
11229 dwarf2out_start_source_file (filename)
11230 register const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11232 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11234 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
11235 dw_die_ref bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die);
11236 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
11240 /* Record the end of a source file, for later output
11241 of the .debug_macinfo section. At present, unimplemented. */
11244 dwarf2out_end_source_file ()
11246 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11248 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
11249 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die);
11253 /* Called from check_newline in c-parse.y. The `buffer' parameter contains
11254 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11255 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11258 dwarf2out_define (lineno, buffer)
11259 register unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11260 register const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11262 static int initialized = 0;
11265 dwarf2out_start_source_file (primary_filename);
11270 /* Called from check_newline in c-parse.y. The `buffer' parameter contains
11271 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11272 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11275 dwarf2out_undef (lineno, buffer)
11276 register unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11277 register const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11281 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
11284 dwarf2out_init (asm_out_file, main_input_filename)
11285 register FILE *asm_out_file;
11286 register const char *main_input_filename;
11288 init_file_table ();
11290 /* Remember the name of the primary input file. */
11291 primary_filename = main_input_filename;
11293 /* Add it to the file table first, under the assumption that we'll
11294 be emitting line number data for it first, which avoids having
11295 to add an initial DW_LNS_set_file. */
11296 lookup_filename (main_input_filename);
11298 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
11300 = (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11301 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11302 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
11304 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
11306 = (tree *) xcalloc (DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (tree));
11307 decl_scope_table_allocated = DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11308 decl_scope_depth = 0;
11310 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
11312 = (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT,
11313 sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11314 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11315 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11316 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
11318 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
11320 = (dw_line_info_ref) xcalloc (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT,
11321 sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
11322 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11323 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11324 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
11326 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
11327 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
11328 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
11329 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
11330 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. */
11331 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename);
11333 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
11334 ggc_add_rtx_varray_root (&used_rtx_varray, 1);
11336 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
11337 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
11338 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11339 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
11340 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11342 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION));
11343 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
11344 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11345 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
11346 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11347 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11348 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION);
11349 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
11350 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION);
11351 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
11352 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
11354 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, TEXT_SECTION);
11355 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
11357 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_INFO_SECTION);
11358 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
11359 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_LINE_SECTION);
11360 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
11363 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
11364 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
11367 dwarf2out_finish ()
11369 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
11372 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
11373 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
11374 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
11375 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
11377 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
11379 next_node = node->next;
11382 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
11384 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
11386 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
11387 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
11394 limbo_die_list = NULL;
11396 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11397 emit full debugging info for them. */
11398 retry_incomplete_types ();
11400 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
11401 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
11402 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
11404 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
11405 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
11406 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11407 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
11409 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
11410 that have children. */
11411 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
11412 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
11413 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
11415 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
11416 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, TEXT_SECTION);
11417 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
11420 /* Output a terminator label for the .data section. */
11421 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DATA_SECTION);
11422 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, DATA_END_LABEL, 0);
11424 /* Output a terminator label for the .bss section. */
11425 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, BSS_SECTION);
11426 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, BSS_END_LABEL, 0);
11429 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
11430 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
11431 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
11432 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
11433 examining the file. */
11434 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11436 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_LINE_SECTION);
11437 output_line_info ();
11440 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
11442 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
11444 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
11445 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
11448 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
11449 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
11450 debug_line_section_label);
11452 #if 0 /* unimplemented */
11453 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE && primary)
11454 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_macro_info, 0);
11457 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
11458 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
11459 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
11460 output_comp_unit (node->die);
11461 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die);
11463 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
11464 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION);
11465 output_abbrev_section ();
11467 if (pubname_table_in_use)
11469 /* Output public names table. */
11470 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION);
11471 output_pubnames ();
11474 /* We only put functions in the arange table, so don't write it out if
11475 we don't have any. */
11476 if (fde_table_in_use)
11478 /* Output the address range information. */
11479 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION);
11482 /* Output location list section if necessary */
11483 if (have_location_lists)
11485 /* Output the location lists info. */
11486 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION);
11487 output_location_lists (die);
11488 have_location_lists = 0;
11492 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */